As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 30, 2002.
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
Delaware | 7322 | 75-3078675 | ||
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation
or organization) |
(Primary standard industrial
classification code number) |
(I.R.S. employer identification number) |
120 Corporate Boulevard
Steven D. Fredrickson
Copies to:
Charles I. Weissman, Esq.
Swidler Berlin Shereff Friedman, LLP 405 Lexington Avenue, 12th Floor New York, New York 10174 (212) 973-0111 |
Jon A. Ballis, Esq.
Sidley Austin Brown & Wood Bank One Plaza, 10 South Dearborn Street Chicago, Illinois 60603 (312) 853-7000 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box: o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box. o
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
||||
|
||||
Title of Each Class of | Proposed Maximum Aggregate | |||
Securities to be Registered | Offering Price(1)(2) | Amount of Registration Fee(3) | ||
|
||||
Common Stock, $0.01 par value
|
$55,867,000 | $5,290.00 | ||
|
||||
|
(1) | This amount represents the proposed aggregate offering price of the securities registered hereunder to be sold by the registrant and the selling stockholder. These figures are estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
(2) | Includes 520,500 shares of common stock that the underwriters have an option to purchase solely to cover over-allotments, if any. |
(3) Previously paid.
The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this
prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell
these securities until the registration statement filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus
is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not
soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where
the offer or sale is not permitted.
|
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 30, 2002
Common Stock
This is the initial public offering of 3,470,000 shares of common stock issued by Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
We expect that the initial public offering price will be between $12.00 and $14.00 per share of common stock. The market price of the shares after this offering may be higher or lower than this offering price.
We have applied to have our shares of common stock approved for listing on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol PRAA.
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See Risk Factors beginning on page 9.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined that this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Per share | Total | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
Public offering price
|
$ | $ | ||||||
Underwriting discount
|
$ | $ | ||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
|
$ | $ |
One of our stockholders, PRA Investments, L.L.C., has granted the underwriters the option to purchase up to an additional 520,500 shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments. If such shares are sold, we will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale by PRA Investments, L.L.C.
William Blair & Company | U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray |
The date of this prospectus is , 2002
Table of Contents
i
Page
1
9
16
17
17
17
18
19
20
22
37
53
57
60
62
65
66
68
68
69
F-1
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
You should read the following summary together
with the more detailed information in this prospectus, including
the section titled Risk Factors beginning on page 8
regarding our company and the common stock being sold in this
offering.
Overview
We are a full-service provider of outsourced
receivables management. We purchase, collect and manage
portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables. Defaulted consumer
receivables are the unpaid obligations of individuals to credit
originators, including banks, credit unions, consumer and auto
finance companies, retail merchants and other service providers.
We believe that the strengths of our business are our
sophisticated approach to portfolio pricing, our emphasis on
collection personnel and procedures and our relationships with
many of the largest consumer lenders in the United States,
including 11 of the top 13 bank credit card issuers and four of
the top five store credit card issuers. Our proven ability to
collect defaulted consumer receivables allows us to offer credit
originators a complete outsourced solution to address their
defaulted consumer receivables. The defaulted consumer
receivables we collect are in substantially all cases either
purchased from the credit originator or are collected on behalf
of clients on a commission fee basis. We intend to continue to
build on our strengths and grow our business through the
disciplined approach that has contributed to our success to date.
We specialize in receivables that have been
charged-off by the credit originator. Since the credit
originator has unsuccessfully attempted to collect these
receivables, we are able to purchase them at a substantial
discount to their face value. Through June 30, 2002, we
have acquired 292 portfolios with a face value of
$4.2 billion for $116 million, or 2.8% of face value.
Our success depends on our ability to purchase portfolios of
defaulted consumer receivables at appropriate valuations and to
collect on those receivables effectively and efficiently. To
date, we have consistently been able to collect at a rate of 2.5
to 3.0 times our purchase price for defaulted consumer
receivables portfolios, as measured over a five-year period,
which has enabled us to generate increasing profits and cash
flow.
We were formed in March 1996 by four members of
senior management that continue to lead us. Prior to our
formation, members of the management team played key roles in
the development of a defaulted consumer receivables acquisition
and divestiture operation for Household Recovery Services, a
subsidiary of Household International. Since our formation we
have acquired and serviced portfolios of defaulted consumer
receivables, and in March 2001 we commenced our third-party
contingent fee collections operations to provide defaulted
receivables management on a commission fee basis, receiving a
percentage of the amounts collected on behalf of the client.
We have achieved strong financial results since
our formation, with cash collections growing from
$5.0 million in 1997 to $53.4 million in 2001. Cash
collections represent the amount of cash we have collected on
our owned portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables and
commission fees received by our third-party contingent fee
operations. Over the life of our owned portfolios of defaulted
consumer receivables, income recognized on finance receivables
equals our cash collections on our owned portfolios of defaulted
consumer receivables less the cash paid for these portfolios.
Excluding the impact of proceeds from occasional portfolio
sales, cash collections have increased every quarter since our
formation. Revenue has grown from $2.8 million in 1997 to
$32.3 million in 2001, a compound annual growth rate of
84%. Similarly, pro forma net income has grown from $130,000 in
1997 to $3.5 million in 2001, a compound annual growth rate
of 128%. Our solid financial performance has continued into
2002. For the six month period ended June 30, 2002, cash
collections were $38.0 million, revenue was
$24.9 million and pro forma net income was
$4.9 million, compared to cash collections of
$23.7 million, revenue of $14.7 million and pro forma
net income of $2.0 million for the six month period ended
June 30, 2001.
1
Industry Overview
The accounts receivable management industry is
growing, driven by a number of industry trends, including the
following:
According to the U.S. Federal Reserve Board,
at June 30, 2002 consumer credit, which consists of
non-real estate related short- and intermediate-term credit
extended to individuals, has grown approximately 37% to
$1.7 trillion from $1.2 trillion at December 31,
1997. According to the Consumer Bankers Association, the
delinquency rate on non-mortgage consumer obligations reached
its highest level in a decade at December 31, 2001, an
approximately 33% increase from December 31, 2000.
According to the Nilson Report, a credit card industry
newsletter, credit originators outsourced an estimated
$135 billion in defaulted consumer receivables for
collection in 2000, nearly double the $73 billion
outsourced for collection in 1990.
The accounts receivable management industry
(owned portfolio and contingent fee) is highly fragmented and
competitive, consisting of approximately 6,000 consumer and
commercial agencies. In recent years, the accounts receivable
management industry has increased its use of technology in order
to operate more effectively. We expect the increasing importance
of technology and the associated increased capital requirements
to cause challenges for many smaller participants lacking the
required capital and management resources to implement and
effectively utilize such technology to compete effectively and
to continue to maintain regulatory standards.
Competitive Strengths
We believe we have a number of strengths which
will allow us to continue to capitalize on these industry
trends, including:
2
Growth Opportunities
We have achieved significant historical growth
while maintaining a conservative capital structure and ensuring
that the level of our portfolio purchases of defaulted consumer
receivables is matched by our ability to collect them
effectively and efficiently. Our primary objective is to
continue our controlled growth. We aim to achieve this objective
through the following growth strategies:
Recent Developments
3
We were initially formed as Portfolio Recovery
Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, on
March 20, 1996. In connection with this offering, all of
the membership units of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
were exchanged for a single class of the common stock of a newly
formed Delaware corporation, which we named Portfolio Recovery
Associates, Inc., which operates through several wholly owned
subsidiaries and is more fully described under the caption
Reorganization on page 17. As used in this
prospectus, all references to us mean Portfolio Recovery
Associates, Inc. and, prior to the Reorganization, its
predecessor Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. The address of
our principal executive offices is 120 Corporate Boulevard,
Suite 100, Norfolk, Virginia 23502, and our telephone
number is (888) 772-7326. Our web site address is
www.portfoliorecovery.com
. You should not construe the
information on our web site to be a part of this prospectus.
increasing levels of consumer debt obligations;
increasing defaults of the underlying
receivables; and
increasing utilization of third-party providers
to execute the recovery of defaulted receivables.
Complete Outsourced Solution for Credit
Originators.
We can either purchase
defaulted consumer receivables from credit originators or
service those receivables on their behalf for a commission fee
based on a percentage of our collections. Furthermore, we can
purchase or service receivables throughout the entire
delinquency cycle, ranging from receivables that have only been
processed for collection internally by the credit originator, to
receivables that have been subject to multiple external
collection efforts.
Disciplined and Proprietary Underwriting
Process.
We use our proprietary
analytical processes coupled with the experience gained through
our 292 portfolio purchases to price portfolio acquisitions at
levels that to date have enabled us to achieve profitable
returns on our investment.
Ability to Hire, Develop and Retain Productive
Collectors.
We place considerable
focus on our ability to hire, develop and retain effective
collectors who are key to our continued growth and profitability.
Established Systems and Infrastructure.
We have devoted significant effort to
developing our systems, including statistical models, databases
and reporting packages, to optimize our portfolio purchases and
collection efforts.
Strong Relationships with Major Credit
Originators.
We have done business
with many of the top 25 consumer lenders in the United States,
including 11 of the top 13 bank credit card issuers and four of
the five largest store credit card issuers. We believe that we
have earned a reputation as a reliable purchaser of defaulted
consumer receivables portfolios and for collecting receivables
in an effective, responsible manner, which helps to preserve the
reputation of the credit originator.
Experienced Management Team.
We have an experienced management team
with considerable expertise in the accounts receivable
management industry.
Continue to Develop and Retain Collectors.
We intend to maintain our historical
controlled growth in the number of collectors we add. We expect
the percentage of our collectors with more than 12 months
of experience will increase, which we believe will drive our
productivity and profitability.
Maintain Conservative Capitalization for
Portfolio Acquisitions.
The additional
equity capital from this offering will allow us to continue to
capitalize our portfolio acquisitions conservatively.
Increase Share in Growing Market.
We feel that our position as a
well-capitalized firm offering a complete outsourced solution to
credit originators across the defaulted consumer receivables
spectrum will enable us to continue to grow faster than the
industry overall.
Leverage Expertise into Other Asset
Types.
We expect to continue seeking
opportunities to leverage our portfolio purchasing and
collections expertise in other asset types, such as auto
finance, retail finance, student loans, retail oil and gas,
long-distance telephone, consumer finance and small business
commercial receivables.
Grow Our Contingent Fee Collections
Operations.
The capability to perform
collections on a commission fee basis allows us to offer a
complete outsourced solution to credit originators while
leveraging our existing infrastructure, skill set, personnel and
client relationships.
Leverage Existing Infrastructure and
Management Team.
As a result of our
substantial investments in technology, infrastructure and
systems, our management team is capable of acquiring and
servicing substantially larger volumes of defaulted consumer
receivables without incurring proportional cost increases in
fixed costs.
Explore Selected Acquisitions.
We will evaluate opportunities to make
acquisitions of companies or group hires that would add new
skill sets or bring us strong credit originator relationships,
collection facilities and access to skilled collectors.
Unaudited Results for Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2002.
For the nine
months ended September 30, 2002, cash collections increased
to $59.2 million for the period, up 56% from cash
collections of $38.0 million for the same period in 2001.
Total revenue for the period increased to $40.2 million, up
75% from total revenue of $23.0 million for the same period
in 2001. Income from operations for the period increased to
$15.3 million, up 133% from income from operations of
$6.6 million for the same period in 2001. Pro forma net
income increased to $8.0 million for the period, up 196%
from pro forma net income of $2.7 million for the same
period in 2001. Acquisitions of finance receivables, at cost
decreased to $26.4 million, down 3% from acquisitions of
finance receivables, at cost of $27.2 million for the same
period in 2001. The 2001 period included $3.5 million of
acquisitions of finance receivables that were immediately
resold. Through September 30, 2002 we have acquired 311
portfolios with a face value of $4.5 billion for
$127 million. The financial data for the nine months ended
September 30, 2002 and the nine months ended
September 30, 2001 have been derived from our unaudited
consolidated financial statements, not included in this
prospectus. These financial statements include all adjustments,
consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which we
consider necessary for a fair statement of our financial
position and results of operations for these periods.
Consolidated results of operations for the nine
months ended September 30, 2002 are not
necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for
the full fiscal year ending December 31, 2002.
Other Recent Developments.
During the quarter ended
September 30, 2002, we paid $542,000 to terminate an
interest rate swap agreement entered into during 2001. The
termination payment is classified as an interest expense in our
results for operations for the quarter ended September 30,
2002. During the same period we distributed $3.4 million to
our existing equityholders to pay tax liabilities incurred as
owners of membership units in Portfolio Recovery Associates,
L.L.C.
Risk Factors
An investment in our common stock involves a significant degree of risk. We urge you to carefully consider all of the information described in the section entitled Risk Factors beginning on page 9.
4
This Offering
Unless otherwise indicated, all share and per
share data in this document assumes a one-for-one exchange of
all of the membership units of Portfolio Recovery Associates,
L.L.C. for shares of a single class of our common stock prior to
this offering and the exchange of all of outstanding warrants to
purchase 2,235,000 membership units of Portfolio Recovery
Associates, L.L.C. for warrants to purchase 2,235,000 shares of
our common stock. The only condition to the exchange of units
for common stock and of the warrants is the effectiveness of the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See
Reorganization on page 17. All dollar amounts less
than $1.0 million have been rounded to the nearest
thousand. Additionally, this prospectus assumes the underwriters
do not exercise the option the selling stockholder granted to
them to purchase up to an additional 520,500 shares of our
common stock in this offering.
5
3,470,000 shares
13,470,000 shares
(1)
We intend to use the net proceeds that we receive
from this offering to:
repay outstanding indebtedness under
our
credit facilities of $29.0 million
establish
a new call center; and
fund
working capital and other general corporate needs
PRAA
(1)
Excludes 2,000,000 shares reserved for issuance
upon the exercise of options to be granted to our directors,
officers and employees in accordance with our 2002 Stock Option
Plan, of which 800,000 shares will be issuable pursuant to
options to be granted at the time of this offering at an
exercise price per share equal to the initial public offering
price. Also excludes 2,235,000 shares of our common stock
reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants at a
weighted average exercise price of $4.30, of which 2,110,000
warrants will be fully exercisable at the time of this offering.
Summary Consolidated Financial Data
The following summary consolidated financial data
for the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and
the six months ended June 30, 2002 and as of June 30,
2002 have been derived from our consolidated financial
statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus which have
been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. The following
summary consolidated financial data for the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1998 have been derived from our
audited consolidated financial statements, not included in this
prospectus.
The following summary consolidated financial data
for the six months ended June 30, 2001 have been derived
from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, included
elsewhere in this prospectus. These financial statements include
all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair statement of
our financial position and results of operations for this period.
Operating results for the six months ended
June 30, 2002 are not necessarily indicative of results
that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2002.
6
7
8
Six Months Ended
Year Ended December 31,
June 30,
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2001
2002
(Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share
data)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
$
2,768
(1)
$
6,815
$
11,746
$
18,991
$
31,221
$
14,407
$
24,018
214
816
322
343
901
296
100
2,768
6,815
12,068
19,334
32,336
14,703
24,934
1,650
3,821
6,119
9,883
15,644
6,712
10,212
400
839
1,493
2,583
3,627
1,561
3,242
156
318
553
871
1,645
666
929
67
99
335
603
712
314
362
127
266
498
652
1,265
514
676
149
238
369
437
677
311
434
2,549
5,581
9,367
15,029
23,570
10,078
15,855
219
1,234
2,701
4,305
8,766
4,625
9,079
89
744
876
1,765
2,716
1,410
1,115
130
490
1,825
2,540
6,050
(2)
3,215
7,964
(424
)
(3)
$
130
$
490
$
1,825
$
2,540
$
5,626
$
3,215
$
7,964
$
130
$
402
$
1,128
$
1,639
$
3,791
$
2,014
$
4,885
$
130
$
402
$
1,128
$
1,639
$
3,526
$
2,014
$
4,885
$
0.38
$
0.49
$
0.33
$
0.43
$
0.35
$
0.49
$
0.31
$
0.43
10,000
10,000
11,458
(7)
11,486
(8)
Six Months Ended
Year Ended December 31,
June 30,
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2001
2002
(Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands)
OPERATING AND OTHER
FINANCIAL DATA:
$
4,992
$
10,881
$
17,362
$
30,733
$
53,362
$
23,702
$
37,997
51
%
51
%
54
%
49
%
44
%
43
%
42
%
$
8,223
$
11,480
$
19,417
$
24,663
$
33,381
$
12,179
$
16,273
$
137,721
$
324,251
$
479,778
$
1,004,114
$
1,592,353
$
790,546
$
587,971
N/A
40
%
69
%
27
%
35
%
62
%
34
%
N/A
118
%
60
%
77
%
74
%
73
%
60
%
N/A
209
%
181
%
45
%
115
%
360
%
143
%
66
140
246
370
501
437
527
89
%
84
%
86
%
89
%
89
%
89
%
88
%
As of June 30, 2002
As
Actual
Adjusted
(11)
(Dollars in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
$
8,320
$
24,772
Finance receivables
51,055
51,055
Total assets
63,421
79,873
Long-term debt
1,031
1,031
Total debt, including capital lease obligations
27,141
2,141
Total stockholders equity
(12)
33,463
74,915
(1)
The financial statements for the year ended
December 31, 1997 have been retroactively adjusted to
reflect a change in accounting for the effects of the change in
our revenue recognition method from the cost recovery method to
the interest method effective January 1, 1998. Under the
cost recovery method, no income was recognized until all
acquisition costs associated with the investments were
recovered. Since we had, and continue to have, a proven history
of reasonably estimating the timing and degree of collectibility
of our finance receivables, we adopted, effective
January 1, 1998, the interest method of accounting with the
guidance of AICPA Practice Bulletin 6, Amortization of
Discounts on Certain Acquired Loans, and in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles. This change in
revenue recognition method had the effect of increasing income
recognized from finance receivables in 1997 from $352,000 to
$2.8 million and was made for consistency with the amounts
presented in subsequent periods.
(2)
Includes operating losses associated with the
formation of our contingent fee collections operations in its
first year of operations of $644,000.
(3)
Incurred in connection with the early
extinguishment of debt.
(4)
At the time of this offering we will change our
parent company legal structure from a limited liability company
to a corporation. See Reorganization. As a limited
liability company we were not subject to Federal or state
corporate income taxes. Therefore, net income does not give
effect to taxes.
(5)
For comparison purposes, we have presented pro
forma net income, which reflects income taxes assuming we had
been a corporation since the time of our formation and assuming
tax rates equal to the rates that would have been in effect had
we been required to report tax expense in such years.
(6)
Pro forma net income and pro forma weighted
average shares assumes completion of the reorganization (see
Reorganization) as if the reorganization had
occurred at the beginning of the period presented.
(7)
Weighted average diluted shares for the year
ended December 31, 2001 include 10,000,000 basic shares and
1,457,741 common share equivalents calculated according to the
treasury stock method using 2,235,000 warrants outstanding and
an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00.
(8)
Weighted average diluted shares for the six
months ended June 30, 2002 include 10,000,000 basic shares
and 1,486,128 common share equivalents calculated according to
the treasury stock method using 2,235,000 warrants outstanding
and an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00.
(9)
Includes both cash collected on finance
receivables and commission fees received during the relevant
period.
(10)
Includes all collectors and all first-line
collection supervisors.
(11)
Adjusted to give effect to estimated net proceeds
from the sale of 3,470,000 shares of the common stock offered by
us at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per
share and our anticipated repayment of approximately
$29.0 million of indebtedness, $25.0 million of which
existed as of June 30, 2002. See Use of
Proceeds.
(12)
Does not give effect to $3.4 million which
was distributed to our members as a tax distribution during
August and September 2002.
RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the risks
described below in connection with reviewing this prospectus. If
any of the events referred to below actually occur, our
business, financial condition, liquidity and results of
operation could suffer. In that case, the trading price of our
common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your
investment. You should also refer to the other information in
this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements
and the related notes.
Risks Related to Our Business
We may not be able to collect sufficient
amounts on our defaulted consumer receivables to fund our
operations
Our business consists of acquiring and servicing
receivables that consumers have failed to pay and that the
credit originator has deemed uncollectible and has charged-off.
The credit originators generally make numerous attempts to
recover on their defaulted consumer receivables, often using a
combination of in-house recovery efforts and third-party
collection agencies. These defaulted consumer receivables are
difficult to collect and we may not collect a sufficient amount
to cover our investment associated with purchasing the defaulted
consumer receivables and the costs of running our business.
Our contingent fee collections operations have
a limited operating history
Our contingent fee collections operations
commenced in March 2001. These operations are in the early
stages of development. Accordingly, these operations have a very
limited operating history and their prospects must be considered
in light of the risks and uncertainties facing early-stage
companies. As of September 30, 2002, we have entered into
contingent fee collection arrangements with 11 credit
originators. We incurred operating pre-tax net losses of
$644,000 in 2001. Although we are currently generating positive
operating income for our contingent fee collections operations,
our limited operating history makes prediction of future results
difficult.
We may not be able to purchase defaulted
consumer receivables at appropriate prices, and a decrease in
our ability to purchase portfolios of receivables could
adversely affect our ability to generate revenue
If one or more credit originators stops selling
defaulted receivables to us and we are otherwise unable to
purchase defaulted receivables from credit originators at
appropriate prices, we could lose a potential source of income
and our business may be harmed.
The availability of receivables portfolios at
prices which generate an appropriate return on our investment
depends on a number of factors both within and outside of our
control, including the following:
Because of the length of time involved in
collecting defaulted consumer receivables on acquired portfolios
and the volatility in the timing of our collections, we may not
be able to identify trends and make changes in our purchasing
strategies in a timely manner.
We are currently party to one forward flow
contract. A forward flow contract is an arrangement in
which we agree to purchase defaulted consumer receivables based
on specific parameters from a third-party supplier on a periodic
basis at a set price over a specified time period. To the extent
that we are unable to renew or replace the purchased volume
represented by our forward flow contract once it expires, we
could lose a potential source of income and our business may be
harmed.
9
We may not be able to renegotiate or replace
our existing credit facility
Although we anticipate repaying a significant
portion of the amount outstanding under our existing credit
facility with the proceeds from this offering, we currently
intend to renegotiate or replace our existing credit facility.
If we are unable to renegotiate or replace such facility, our
growth could be adversely effected, which could negatively
impact the price of our common stock.
We experience high employee turnover rates and
we may not be able to hire and retain enough sufficiently
trained employees to support our operations
The accounts receivables management industry is
very labor intensive and, similar to other companies in our
industry, we typically experience a high rate of employee
turnover. From January 1, 1999 to June 30, 2002 our
annual turnover rate, excluding those employees that do not
complete our six week training program, was 34%. We compete for
qualified personnel with companies in our industry and in other
industries. Our growth requires that we continually hire and
train new collectors. A higher turnover rate among our
collectors will increase our recruiting and training costs and
limit the number of experienced collection personnel available
to service our defaulted consumer receivables. If this were to
occur, we would not be able to service our defaulted consumer
receivables effectively and this would reduce our ability to
continue our growth and operate profitability.
We serve markets that are highly competitive,
and we may be unable to compete with businesses that may have
greater resources than we have
We face competition in both of the markets we
serve owned portfolio and contingent fee accounts
receivable management from new and existing
providers of outsourced receivables management services,
including other purchasers of defaulted consumer receivables
portfolios, third-party contingent fee collection agencies and
credit originators that manage their own defaulted consumer
receivables rather than outsourcing them. The accounts
receivable management industry is highly fragmented and
competitive, consisting of approximately 6,000 consumer and
commercial agencies, most of which compete in the contingent fee
business.
We face bidding competition in our acquisition of
defaulted consumer receivables and in our placement of
contingent fee receivables, and we also compete on the basis of
reputation, industry experience and performance. Some of our
current competitors and possible new competitors may have
substantially greater financial, personnel and other resources,
greater adaptability to changing market needs, longer operating
histories and more established relationships in our industry
than we currently have. In the future, we may not have the
resources or ability to compete successfully. As there are few
significant barriers for entry to new providers of contingent
fee receivables management services, there can be no assurance
that additional competitors with greater resources than ours
will not enter our market. Moreover, there can be no assurance
that our existing or potential clients will continue to
outsource their defaulted consumer receivables at recent levels
or at all, or that we may continue to offer competitive bids for
defaulted consumer receivables portfolios. If we are unable to
develop and expand our business or adapt to changing market
needs as well as our current or future competitors are able to
do, we may experience reduced access to defaulted consumer
receivables portfolios at appropriate prices and reduced
profitability.
We may not be successful at acquiring
receivables of new asset types or in implementing a new pricing
structure
We may pursue the acquisition of receivables
portfolios of asset types in which we have little current
experience. We may not be successful in completing any
acquisitions of receivables of these asset types and our limited
experience in these asset types may impair our ability to
collect on these receivables. This may cause us to pay too much
for these receivables and consequently we may not generate a
profit from these receivables portfolio acquisitions.
10
In addition, we may in the future provide a
service to clients in which clients will place defaulted
consumer receivables with us for a specific period of time for a
flat fee. This fee may be based on the number of collectors
assigned to the collection of these receivables, the amount of
receivables placed or other bases. We may not be successful in
determining and implementing the appropriate pricing for this
pricing structure, which may cause us to be unable to generate a
profit from this business.
Our collections may decrease if bankruptcy
filings increase
During times of economic recession, the amount of
defaulted consumer receivables generally increases, which
contributes to an increase in the amount of personal bankruptcy
filings. Under certain bankruptcy filings a debtors assets
are sold to repay credit originators, but since the defaulted
consumer receivables we service are generally unsecured we often
would not be able to collect on those receivables. We cannot
assure you that our collection experience would not decline with
an increase in bankruptcy filings. If our actual collection
experience with respect to a defaulted consumer receivables
portfolio is significantly lower than we projected when we
purchased the portfolio, our financial condition and results of
operations could deteriorate.
We may make acquisitions that prove
unsuccessful or strain or divert our resources
We intend to consider acquisitions of other
companies in our industry that could complement our business,
including the acquisition of entities offering greater access
and expertise in other asset types and markets that we do not
currently serve. We have little experience in completing
acquisitions of other businesses, and we may not be able to
successfully complete an acquisition. If we do acquire other
businesses, we may not be able to successfully integrate these
businesses with our own and we may be unable to maintain our
standards, controls and policies. Further, acquisitions may
place additional constraints on our resources by diverting the
attention of our management from other business concerns.
Through acquisitions, we may enter markets in which we have no
or limited experience. Moreover, any acquisition may result in a
potentially dilutive issuance of equity securities, the
incurrence of additional debt and amortization of expenses
related intangible assets, all of which could reduce our
profitability and harm our business.
We may not be able to continually replace our
defaulted consumer receivables with additional receivables
portfolios sufficient to operate efficiently and
profitably
To operate profitably, we must continually
acquire and service a sufficient amount of defaulted consumer
receivables to generate revenue that exceeds our expenses. Fixed
costs such as salaries and lease or other facility costs
constitute a significant portion of our overhead and, if we do
not continually replace the defaulted consumer receivables
portfolios we service with additional portfolios, we may have to
reduce the number of our collection personnel. We would then
have to rehire collection staff as we obtain additional
defaulted consumer receivables portfolios. These practices could
lead to:
Furthermore, heightened regulation of the credit
card and consumer lending industry may result in decreased
availability of credit to consumers, potentially leading to a
future reduction in defaulted consumer receivables available for
purchase from credit originators. We cannot predict how our
ability to identify and purchase receivables and the quality of
those receivables would be affected if there is a shift
11
We may not be able to manage our growth
effectively
We have expanded significantly since our
formation and intend to maintain our growth focus. However, our
growth will place additional demands on our resources and we
cannot be sure that we will be able to manage our growth
effectively. In order to successfully manage our growth, we may
need to:
Continued growth could place a strain on our
management, operations and financial resources. We cannot assure
you that our infrastructure, facilities and personnel will be
adequate to support our future operations or to effectively
adapt to future growth. If we cannot manage our growth
effectively, our results of operations may be adversely affected.
Our operations could suffer from
telecommunications or technology downtime or increased
costs
Our success depends in large part on
sophisticated telecommunications and computer systems. The
temporary or permanent loss of our computer and
telecommunications equipment and software systems, through
casualty or operating malfunction, could disrupt our operations.
In the normal course of our business, we must record and process
significant amounts of data quickly and accurately to access,
maintain and expand the databases we use for our collection
activities. Any failure of our information systems or software
and their backup systems would interrupt our business operations
and harm our business. Our headquarters is located in a region
that is susceptible to hurricane damage, which may increase the
risk of disruption of information systems and telephone service
for sustained periods.
Further, our business depends heavily on services
provided by various local and long distance telephone companies.
A significant increase in telephone service costs or any
significant interruption in telephone services could reduce our
profitability or disrupt our operations and harm our business.
We may not be able to successfully anticipate,
manage or adopt technological advances within our
industry
Our business relies on computer and
telecommunications technologies and our ability to integrate
these technologies into our business is essential to our
competitive position and our success. Computer and
telecommunications technologies are evolving rapidly and are
characterized by short product life cycles. We may not be
successful in anticipating, managing or adopting technological
changes on a timely basis.
While we believe that our existing information
systems are sufficient to meet our current demands and continued
expansion, our future growth may require additional investment
in these systems. We depend on having the capital resources
necessary to invest in new technologies to acquire and service
defaulted consumer receivables. We cannot assure you that
adequate capital resources will be available to us at the
appropriate time.
Our senior management team is important to our
continued success and the loss of one or more members of senior
management could negatively affect our operations
The loss of the services of one or more of our
executive officers or key employees could disrupt our
operations. We have employment agreements with Steve
Fredrickson, our president, chief executive officer and chairman
of our board of directors, Kevin Stevenson, our senior vice
president and chief financial officer, and most of our other
senior executives. We are negotiating and expect to enter into
new employment agreements with all of these executives soon
after the consummation of this offering. The current agreements
contain, and the new agreements will contain, non-compete
provisions that survive
12
Our ability to recover and enforce our
defaulted consumer receivables may be limited under federal and
state laws
Federal and state laws may limit our ability to
recover and enforce our defaulted consumer receivables
regardless of any act or omission on our part. Some laws and
regulations applicable to credit card issuers may preclude us
from collecting on defaulted consumer receivables we purchase if
the credit card issuer previously failed to comply with
applicable law in generating or servicing those receivables.
Collection laws and regulations also directly apply to our
business. Additional consumer protection and privacy protection
laws may be enacted that would impose additional requirements on
the enforcement of and collection on consumer credit card
receivables. Any new laws, rules or regulations that may be
adopted, as well as existing consumer protection and privacy
protection laws, may adversely affect our ability to collect on
our defaulted consumer receivables and may harm our business. In
addition, federal and state governmental bodies are considering,
and may consider in the future, other legislative proposals that
would regulate the collection of our defaulted consumer
receivables. Although we cannot predict if or how any future
legislation would impact our business, our failure to comply
with any current or future laws or regulations applicable to us
could limit our ability to collect on our defaulted consumer
receivables, which could reduce our profitability and harm our
business.
We utilize the interest method of revenue
recognition for determining our income recognized on finance
receivables, which is based on an analysis of projected cash
flows that may prove to be less than anticipated and could lead
to reductions in future revenues or impairment charges
We utilize the interest method to determine
income recognized on finance receivables. Under this method,
each static pool of receivables we acquire is modeled upon its
projected cash flows. A yield is then established which, when
applied to the outstanding balance of the receivables, results
in the recognition of income at a constant yield relative to the
remaining balance in the pool of defaulted consumer receivables.
Each static pool is analyzed monthly to assess the actual
performance compared to that expected by the model. If
differences are noted, the yield is adjusted prospectively to
reflect the revised estimate of cash flows. If the accuracy of
the modeling process deteriorates or there is a decline in
anticipated cash flows, we would suffer reductions in future
revenues or a decline in the carrying value of our receivables
portfolios, which in either case would result in lower earnings
in future periods and could negatively impact our stock price.
Risks Related to this Offering and Our
Capital Structure
We will use a portion of the net proceeds from
this offering to pursue possible acquisitions of companies and
for unspecified general corporate purposes; we may use these
proceeds in ways with which you disagree
We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of
this offering to pursue possible acquisitions of companies and
for unspecified general corporate purposes, including working
capital needs. Our management will have significant discretion
in the use of these funds, and you may disagree with the way
these funds are utilized. We cannot assure you that proceeds
dedicated to pursue possible acquisitions or for unspecified
general corporate purposes will be invested to yield a
significant return, or any return at all.
13
We do not have experience in managing a public
company
Our management team has historically operated our
business as a privately held limited liability company. Our
management team has never had responsibility for managing a
publicly traded company.
We may incur increased costs as a result of
recently enacted and proposed changes in laws and
regulations
Recently enacted and proposed changes in the laws
and regulations affecting public companies, including the
provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and rules proposed
by the SEC and by the Nasdaq Stock Market, could result in
increased costs to us as we evaluate the implications of any new
rules and respond to their requirements. The new rules could
make it more difficult for us to obtain certain types of
insurance, including director and officer liability insurance,
and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and
coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same
or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make
it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons
to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as
executive officers. We are presently evaluating and monitoring
developments with respect to new and proposed rules and cannot
predict or estimate the amount of the additional costs we may
incur or the timing of such costs.
Our controlling stockholder has the ability to
determine the outcome of matters voted on by stockholders which
will limit your rights
Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P. (Angelo
Gordon), together with its affiliates, currently controls
88% of our fully diluted equity, and after this offering will
control 65% of our fully diluted equity. So long as Angelo
Gordon controls a majority of our fully diluted equity, it will
continue to have the ability to elect our directors and
determine the outcome of votes by our stockholders on corporate
matters, including mergers, sales of all or substantially all of
our assets, charter amendments and other matters requiring
stockholder approval. In addition, in accordance with our
certificate of incorporation, so long as Angelo Gordon
beneficially owns 30% or more of the outstanding common stock it
will have the right to call a special meeting of the
stockholders. This controlling interest may have a negative
impact on the market price of our common stock by discouraging
third-party investors.
We cannot assure you that a market will
develop for our common stock or what the market price for our
common stock will be in the future and, in the event that an
active trading market does not develop, you may be unable to
resell your shares
Prior to this offering, there has been no public
market for our common stock. Although we have applied to have
our common stock listed on the Nasdaq National Market, there can
be no assurance that such application will be approved or, if
approved, an active trading market will develop or continue
after this offering or that the market price of our common stock
will not decline below the initial public offering price. The
initial public offering price of our common stock will be
determined by negotiations among us, the underwriters and
representatives of the underwriters, and may not be indicative
of the market price for shares of our common stock after this
offering. Prices for the shares of our common stock after this
offering will be determined in the market and may be influenced
by many factors, including the depth and liquidity of the market
for our common stock, investor perception of us and our
business, the consumer credit industry as a whole and general
economic and market conditions. In the event an active trading
market does not develop for our common stock, you may be unable
to resell your shares at or about the initial price to the
public or at all.
As a new investor, you will immediately
experience substantial dilution in book value as a result of
this offering
The purchasers of our common stock offered in
this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution
of $7.44 per share, the amount by which the per share purchase
price of the common stock offered is this offering exceeds the
net book value per share of our common stock immediately
14
Our certificate of incorporation, by-laws and
Delaware law contain provisions that may prevent or delay a
change of control or that may otherwise be in the best interest
of our stockholders
Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws
contain provisions that may make it more difficult, expensive or
otherwise discourage a tender offer or a change in control or
takeover attempt by a third-party, even if such a transaction
would be beneficial to our stockholders. The existence of these
provisions may have a negative impact on the price of our common
stock by discouraging third-party investors from purchasing our
common stock. In particular, our certificate of incorporation
and by-laws include provisions that:
In addition, we are subject to Section 203
of the Delaware General Corporation Law which provides certain
restrictions on business combinations between us and any party
acquiring a 15% or greater interest in our voting stock other
than in a transaction approved by our board of directors and, in
certain cases, by our stockholders. These provisions of our
certificate of incorporation and by-laws and Delaware law could
delay or prevent a change in control, even if our stockholders
support such proposals. Moreover, these provisions could
diminish the opportunities for stockholders to participate in
certain tender offers, including tender offers at prices above
the then-current market value of our common stock, and may also
inhibit increases in the trading price of our common stock that
could result from takeover attempts or speculation.
15
the continuation of current growth trends in the
levels of consumer obligations;
sales of receivables portfolios by credit
originators; and
competitive factors affecting potential
purchasers and credit originators of receivables.
low employee morale;
fewer experienced employees;
higher training costs;
disruptions in our operations;
loss of efficiency; and
excess costs associated with unused space in our
facilities.
expand and enhance our administrative
infrastructure;
continue to improve our management, financial and
information systems and controls; and
recruit, train, manage and retain our employees
effectively.
classify our board of directors into three
groups, each of which, after an initial transition period, will
serve for staggered three-year terms;
permit a majority of the stockholders to remove
our directors only for cause;
permit our directors, and not our stockholders,
to fill vacancies on our board of directors;
require stockholders to give us advance notice to
nominate candidates for election to our board of directors or to
make stockholder proposals at a stockholders meeting;
permit a special meeting of our stockholders be
called only by approval of a majority of the directors, the
chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer,
the president or the written request of 30% of our stockholders;
permit our board of directors to issue, without
approval of our stockholders, preferred stock with such terms as
our board of directors may determine;
permit the authorized number of directors to be
changed only by a resolution of the board of directors; and
require the vote of the holders of a majority of
our voting shares for stockholder amendments to our by-laws.
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains certain forward-looking
statements. When used in this prospectus, statements which are
not historical in nature, including the words
anticipate, estimate,
should, expect, believe,
intend and similar expressions are intended to
identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements
also include statements containing a projection of revenues,
earnings or losses, capital expenditures, dividends, capital
structure or other financial terms.
The forward-looking statements in this prospectus
are based upon our managements beliefs, assumptions and
expectations of our future operations and economic performance,
taking into account currently available information. These
statements are not statements of historical fact.
Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, some
of which are not currently known to us, that may cause our
actual results, performance or financial condition to be
materially different from the expectations of future results,
performance or financial condition we express or imply in any
forward-looking statements. Some of the important factors that
could cause our actual results, performance or financial
condition to differ materially from expectations are:
16
changes in the business practices of credit
originators in terms of selling defaulted consumer receivables
or outsourcing defaulted consumer receivables to third-party
contingent fee collection agencies;
changes in government regulations that affect our
ability to collect sufficient amounts on our acquired or
serviced receivables;
our ability to employ and retain qualified
employees, especially collection personnel;
changes in the credit or capital markets, which
affect our ability to borrow money or raise capital to purchase
or service defaulted consumer receivables;
the degree and nature of our competition; and
the other factors referenced in this prospectus,
without limitation, under the sections entitled Risk
Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and
Business.
USE OF PROCEEDS
We estimate that our net proceeds from the
issuance and sale by us of 3,470,000 shares of our common stock,
based upon an assumed offering price of $13.00 per share, will
be approximately $41.5 million after deducting the
underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses. We will
not realize any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common
stock by the selling stockholder.
We expect to use the net proceeds from this
offering as follows:
The amount and timing of these expenditures may
vary depending upon a number of factors, including but not
limited to the amount of cash we generate from our operations.
We may find it necessary or advisable to use portions of the net
proceeds for other purposes, and we will have broad discretion
in applying the balance of the net proceeds. Until we use the
proceeds of this offering for the above purposes, we intend to
invest the funds in short-term, investment-grade,
interest-bearing securities. See Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Liquidity and Capital Resources for
additional information regarding our sources and uses of capital.
DIVIDEND POLICY
Our board of directors sets our dividend policy.
We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future
earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business,
but we may determine in the future to declare or pay cash
dividends on our common stock. Any future determination as to
the declaration and payment of dividends will be at the
discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then
existing conditions, including our financial condition, results
of operations, contractual restrictions, capital requirements,
business prospects and other factors that our board of directors
considers relevant.
REORGANIZATION
We were initially formed as Portfolio Recovery
Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, on
March 20, 1996. As a limited liability company, Portfolio
Recovery Associates, L.L.C. was treated for income tax purposes
as a partnership with taxes on income generated paid by its
members. In connection with this offering, all of the membership
units of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. will be
exchanged, simultaneously with the effectiveness of the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, for a
single class of the common stock of Portfolio Recovery
Associates, Inc., a new Delaware corporation formed for purposes
of this offering. Accordingly, the members of Portfolio Recovery
Associates, L.L.C. shall become the common stockholders of
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., which shall be a parent
company of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. and its
subsidiaries. In connection with the Reorganization,
(i) each issued and outstanding membership unit of
Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. will be exchanged for one
share of common stock of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. and
(ii) warrants to purchase 2,235,000 membership units of
Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. at a weighted average
exercise price of $4.30 per unit will be exchanged for warrants
to purchase 2,235,000 shares of common stock of Portfolio
Recovery Associates, Inc. at a weighted average exercise price
of $4.30 per share. The only condition precedent to this
exchange and the Reorganization is the effectiveness of the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
17
to repay $29.0 million of currently
outstanding indebtedness under our credit facilities (which
indebtedness has been incurred to finance the acquisition of
defaulted consumer receivables, has a weighted average interest
rate of 6.37% as of June 30, 2002 and is scheduled to
mature on September 15, 2005);
to expand the capacity of our current operations
by establishing a new call center at a current estimated cost of
$1.9 million; and
to fund working capital requirements and for
general corporate purposes, such as the acquisition of
additional defaulted consumer receivables portfolios or the
pursuit of possible acquisitions of complementary businesses,
technologies or products.
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our capitalization
as of June 30, 2002 on (i) an actual basis, without
giving effect to the Reorganization, (ii) on a pro forma
basis, giving effect to the Reorganization and (iii) on a
pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the sale of
3,470,000 shares of common stock by us in this offering at an
assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share
(excluding our estimated offering expenses and underwriting
discounts) and our anticipated repayment of approximately
$29.0 million of indebtedness.
You should read the following capitalization data
in conjunction with Use of Proceeds,
Reorganization, Selected Financial Data,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, the consolidated
financial statements and accompanying notes and the other
financial data included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The table above excludes 2,000,000 shares of our
common stock reserved for issuance under our 2002 Stock Option
Plan, of which 800,000 shares will be subject to options to be
granted at the time of this offering at an exercise price equal
to the initial public offering price, and 2,235,000 shares of
our common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of
outstanding warrants at a weighted average exercise price of
$4.30 per share, 2,110,000 of which will be exercisable after
this offering.
18
June 30, 2002
Pro Forma
Actual
Pro Forma
(1)
As Adjusted
(Dollars in thousands)
$
8,320
$
8,320
$
24,772
27,141
(1)
27,141
(2)
2,141
33,897
100
135
33,797
75,214
(434
)
(434
)
(434
)
33,463
33,463
74,915
$
60,604
$
60,604
$
77,056
(1)
The pro forma adjustments gives effect to the
Reorganization pursuant to which 10,000,000 membership units of
Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. (representing all of its
outstanding membership units) will be exchanged for 10,000,000
shares of a single class of our common stock. This results in
the elimination of the members equity line item, an
increase in the common stock line item of $100,000 and an
increase of additional paid in capital of $33.8 million.
(2)
Total debt, including capital lease obligations
includes $25.0 million outstanding on a revolving line of
credit which expires on September 15, 2005, long-term debt
of $1.0 million with various maturities through 2007,
capital lease obligations of $675,000 and a liability of
$434,000 attributable to an interest rate hedge agreement which
expires in May 2004. As of the date of this prospectus, the
amount outstanding on our revolving line of credit is
$29.0 million.
DILUTION
As of June 30, 2002, after giving effect to
the Reorganization, our net tangible book value was
approximately $33.5 million, or approximately
$3.35 per share of our common stock. Net tangible book
value per share represents the amount of our total assets less
intangible assets and less our total liabilities, divided by the
total number of shares of common stock outstanding. We had no
intangible assets on our books as of June 30, 2002.
After giving effect to the sale of common stock
by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering
price of $13.00 per share and our estimated receipt of the net
proceeds from the sale, our net tangible book value will
increase to $5.56 per share. This represents an immediate
increase in net tangible book value of $2.21 per share to
existing stockholders and results in immediate dilution of $7.44
per share to new investors. The following table illustrates this
per share dilution.
The following table summarizes, as of
June 30, 2002, after giving effect to the Reorganization,
the difference between the existing stockholders and the new
investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock
purchased, the total consideration paid and the average price
paid per share paid before deducting underwriting discounts and
our estimated offering expenses.
19
$
13.00
$
3.35
$
2.21
$
5.56
$
7.44
Shares Purchased
Total Consideration
Average Price
Number
Percentage
Amount
Percentage
Per Share
10,000,000
74.2
%
$
18,264,375
28.8
%
$
1.83
3,470,000
25.8
%
$
45,110,000
71.2
%
$
13.00
13,470,000
100
%
$
63,374,375
100
%
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected consolidated financial
data for the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001
and the six months ended June 30, 2002 and as of
December 31, 2000 and 2001 and June 30, 2002 have been
derived from our consolidated financial statements, included
elsewhere in this prospectus which have been audited by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. The following selected financial
data for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 and as
of December 31, 1997, 1998 and 1999 have been derived from
our audited consolidated financial statements, not included in
this prospectus.
The following selected consolidated financial
data for the six months ended June 30, 2001 have been
derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements,
included elsewhere in this prospectus. These financial
statements include all adjustments, consisting only of normal
recurring adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair
statement of our financial position and results of operations
for this period.
Operating results for the six months ended
June 30, 2002 are not necessarily indicative of results
that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2002.
20
21
Six Months Ended
Year Ended December 31,
June 30,
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2001
2002
(Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
$
2,768
(1)
$
6,815
$
11,746
$
18,991
$
31,221
$
14,407
$
24,018
214
816
322
343
901
296
100
2,768
6,815
12,068
19,334
32,336
14,703
24,934
1,650
3,821
6,119
9,883
15,644
6,712
10,212
400
839
1,493
2,583
3,627
1,561
3,242
156
318
553
871
1,645
666
929
67
99
335
603
712
314
362
127
266
498
652
1,265
514
676
149
238
369
437
677
311
434
2,549
5,581
9,367
15,029
23,570
10,078
15,855
219
1,234
2,701
4,305
8,766
4,625
9,079
89
744
876
1,765
2,716
1,410
1,115
130
490
1,825
2,540
6,050
(2)
3,215
7,964
(424
)
(3)
$
130
$
490
$
1,825
$
2,540
$
5,626
$
3,215
$
7,964
$
130
$
402
$
1,128
$
1,639
$
3,791
$
2,014
$
4,885
$
130
$
402
$
1,128
$
1,639
$
3,526
(6)
$
2,014
$
4,885
$
0.38
$
0.49
$
0.33
$
0.43
$
0.35
$
0.49
$
0.31
$
0.43
10,000
10,000
11,458
(7)
11,486
(8)
OPERATING AND OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
$
4,992
$
10,881
$
17,362
$
30,733
$
53,362
$
23,702
$
37,997
51
%
51
%
54
%
49
%
44
%
43
%
42
%
$
8,223
$
11,480
$
19,417
$
24,663
$
33,381
$
12,179
$
16,273
Six Months Ended
Year Ended December 31,
June 30,
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2001
2002
(Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
$
137,721
$
324,251
$
479,778
$
1,004,114
$
1,592,353
$
790,546
$
587,971
N/A
40
%
69
%
27
%
35
%
62
%
34
%
N/A
118
%
60
%
77
%
74
%
73
%
60
%
N/A
209
%
181
%
45
%
115
%
360
%
143
%
66
140
246
370
501
437
527
89
%
84
%
86
%
89
%
89
%
89
%
88
%
Year Ended December 31,
As of June 30, 2002
(Dollars in thousands)
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
Actual
As Adjusted
(11)
$
638
$
754
$
1,456
$
3,191
$
4,780
$
8,320
$
24,772
8,392
15,472
28,139
41,124
47,987
51,055
51,055
9,682
17,121
31,495
47,188
57,049
63,421
79,873
532
568
1,031
1,031
4,270
8,145
10,372
23,300
26,771
27,141
2,141
5,184
8,488
20,313
22,705
27,752
33,463
74,195
(1)
The financial statements for the year ended
December 31, 1997 have been retroactively adjusted to
reflect a change in accounting for the effects of the change in
our revenue recognition method from the cost recovery method to
the interest method effective January 1, 1998. Under the
cost recovery method, no income was recognized until all
acquisition costs associated with the investments were
recovered. Since we had, and continue to have, a proven history
of reasonably estimating the timing and degree of collectibility
of our finance receivables, we adopted, effective
January 1, 1998, the interest method of accounting with the
guidance of AICPA Practice Bulletin 6, Amortization
of Discounts on Certain Acquired Loans, and in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles. This change in
revenue recognition method had the effect of increasing income
recognized from finance receivables in 1997 from $352,000 to
$2.8 million.
(2)
Includes operating losses associated with the
formation of our contingent fee collections operations in its
first year of operations of $644,000.
(3)
Incurred in connection with the early
extinguishment of debt.
(4)
At the time of this offering we will change our
parent company legal structure from a limited liability company
to a corporation. See Reorganization. As a limited
liability company we were not subject to Federal or state
corporate income taxes. Therefore, net income does not give
effect to taxes.
(5)
For comparison purposes, we have presented pro
forma net income, which reflects income taxes assuming we had
been a corporation since the time of our formation and assuming
tax rates equal to the rates that would have been in effect had
we been required to report tax expense in such years.
(6)
Pro forma net income and pro forma weighted
average shares assumes completion of the reorganization (see
Reorganization) as if the reorganization had
occurred at the beginning of the period presented.
(7)
Weighted average diluted shares for the year
ended December 31, 2001 include 10,000,000 basic shares and
1,457,741 common share equivalents calculated according to the
treasury stock method using 2,235,000 warrants outstanding and
an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00.
(8)
Weighted average diluted shares for the six
months ended June 30, 2002 include 10,000,000 basic shares
and 1,486,128 common share equivalents calculated according to
the treasury stock method using 2,235,000 warrants outstanding
and an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00.
(9)
Includes both cash collected on finance
receivables and commission fee received during the relevant
period.
(10)
Includes all collectors and all first-line
collection supervisors.
(11)
Adjusted to give effect to estimated net proceeds
from the sale of 3,470,000 of the common stock offered by us at
an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 share
and our anticipated repayment of approximately
$29.0 million of indebtedness, $25.0 million of which
existed as of June 30, 2002. See Use of
Proceeds.
(12)
Does not give effect to $3.4 million which
was distributed to our members as a tax distribution during
August and September 2002.
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF
The following discussion should be read in
conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and
accompanying notes, which appear elsewhere in this prospectus.
It contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from
those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a
result of various factors, including those discussed below and
elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly under the heading
Risk Factors.
Overview
We are a full-service provider of outsourced
receivables management. We purchase, collect and manage
portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables. Defaulted consumer
receivables are the unpaid obligations of individuals to credit
originators, including banks, credit unions, consumer and auto
finance companies, retail merchants and other service providers.
We believe that the strengths of our business are based on our
sophisticated approach to portfolio pricing, our emphasis on
collection personnel and procedures, and our relationships with
many of the largest consumer lenders in the United States,
including 11 of the top 13 bank credit card issuers and four of
the top five store credit card issuers. The defaulted consumer
receivables we collect are in substantially all cases either
purchased from the credit originator or are collected on behalf
of clients on a commission fee basis.
Cash Collections
A key driver to our performance and one of the
primary metrics monitored by management is the collection of
cash on our owned portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables.
We collect cash daily from the 292 portfolios we have purchased
through June 30, 2002. This measurement and focus on cash
is important because it is the collection of cash that drives
our business operations. When we analyze a portfolio for
purchase, we model cash collections and cash expenses in order
to understand our return on the portfolio investment. Likewise,
when we analyze an existing portfolios investment
performance, we compare cash collections to our original cash
expectations. Additionally, the level of cash collections is
input back into our proprietary models used to help determine
pricing in acquiring future portfolios of defaulted consumer
receivables. Excluding the impact of proceeds from occasional
portfolio sales, we have increased cash collections on our owned
portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables every quarter since
our formation. In addition, cash collections have exceeded
revenue every quarter since our formation. In certain
circumstances, it is possible for revenue to exceed cash
collections. The specific accounting methodology is described
later under the caption Accounting for Income Recognized
on Finance Receivables.
Sources of Revenue
Income Recognized on Finance
Receivables
Our primary source of revenue is derived from
cash collections on our owned defaulted consumer receivables.
Because we purchase portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables
that have been charged-off by credit originators, we are able to
acquire the portfolios at a substantial discount to face value.
Through June 30, 2002, we acquired 292 portfolios with a
face value of $4.2 billion for $116 million, or 2.8%
of face value. We seek to collect 2.5 to 3.0 times the
amount paid for a portfolio, as measured over a five-year
period. The specific accounting methodology utilized for income
recognition is described under the caption Accounting for
Income Recognized on Finance Receivables.
Commissions
We receive commission revenue for collections we
make on behalf of clients, which may be credit originators or
other owners of defaulted consumer receivables. These portfolios
are still owned by the clients; however, the collection effort
is outsourced to us under a commission fee arrangement based on
the amount we collect. Most clients will place receivables with
us for a specified time frame, generally four to
22
Net Gain on Cash Sales of Defaulted Consumer
Receivables
We also from time to time sell previously
acquired defaulted consumer receivables to third parties,
retaining no claims to any of the subsequent collections. When
we sell receivables prior to attempting any collection efforts,
we record a gain or loss on sale by comparing the price paid for
the receivables to the price received from the purchaser. If we
sell certain receivables out of a portfolio that we have
attempted to collect upon and have received collections, then we
must determine the basis of the sold receivables. This is
accomplished by using our statistical models or using the pro
rata share of the face amount sold to the current carrying value
of the portfolio, whichever is deemed to be more accurate.
Accounting for Income Recognized on Finance
Receivables
Income recognized on finance receivables equals
the excess of the cash collected from portfolios over the cash
paid for the portfolios over their life span. For example, if a
portfolio is projected to have collections over its life span
equal to 3.0 times its cost or purchase price, and if the
projections prove to be precisely accurate, then over the life
span of the portfolio, revenue will be recognized equal to
two-thirds of collections. Thus, if collections are
$3.0 million and cost is $1.0 million,
$2.0 million of revenues will be recognized over the
portfolios life span. As described below, if collections
for a portfolio deviate either below or above the projections,
then adjustments to revenue are made to reflect the deviation.
These adjustments are made to ensure that revenues accurately
reflect ongoing collection results and to ensure that over the
life span of a portfolio revenues plus cost or purchase price
will be equal to collections.
We account for our investments in our finance
receivables using the interest method under the guidance of
AICPA Practice Bulletin 6, Amortization of Discounts
on Certain Acquired Loans. Static pools of relatively
homogenous defaulted consumer receivables are established as
portfolios of receivables are acquired. A separate pool is
established for each purchased pool of defaulted consumer
receivables. Once a static pool is established, the defaulted
consumer receivables in the static pool are not changed. Each
static pool is initially recorded at cost, and is accounted for
as a single unit for the recognition of income, principal
payments and impairment. Income on finance receivables is
accrued monthly based on each static pools effective
yield. The yield is estimated based on the timing and the amount
of anticipated future cash flows using our proprietary models.
Monthly cash flows greater than the monthly interest accrual
will reduce the carrying value of the static pool, resulting in
cash collections exceeding revenue. Likewise, monthly cash flows
that are less than the monthly interest accrual will accrete the
carrying balance of the static pool, resulting in revenue
exceeding cash collections.
Each static pool is reviewed on a monthly basis
and compared to our proprietary models to ensure complete
amortization of the carrying value at the end of each static
pools life to the extent practicable. This is accomplished
by evaluating the future cash flow and effective yield of each
static pool. To the extent that cash collections have been lower
than expected and or future cash collections are projected to be
lower than expected, the effective yield will be prospectively
reduced to accommodate the lower expectations and ensure
complete amortization of the carrying value. Conversely, if past
and or future cash collections exceed expectations, and are both
probable and estimable, the effective yield will be
prospectively increased. Integral to this process is the
measurement of impairment. On a monthly basis, we compare the
carrying value of each static pool to its fair value. Fair value
is the net present value of expected future cash flows
discounted at the current effective yield of the static pool. If
the carrying value exceeds the fair value, a valuation allowance
would be recognized in the amount of the impairment.
23
Operating Expenses
Compensation
Compensation is our primary expense and includes
costs related to our collection work force, management and
administration. Specifically, compensation includes salary
expense, wages, incentive compensation and bonuses and any
expenditures on employee-related health and retirement programs.
Legal, Accounting and Outside Fees and
Services
In our ordinary course of business we use a
significant amount of outside professional services primarily
related to our collection efforts. For accounts that we seek to
collect by initiating legal action, we use independent law firms
to pursue our legal rights to attempt repayment. Legal fees
primarily include contingent legal fees paid to independent
attorneys and legal collections costs. While some portion of
legal collection costs may be collected from consumers by
initiating legal action, we have chosen to expense all costs
associated with legal collections and only will recognize these
future cash receipts when they are actually collected. Other
fees include contingent agency expenses, credit bureau expenses
and any external account scoring or analysis. In addition, we
incur accounting related expenses related primarily to our
annual audits.
Communications
Communications expense primarily includes
telephone-related costs and postage expense. We operate two call
centers that use sophisticated telephone equipment and advanced
predictive dialing technology. We make a substantial number of
calls on a monthly basis (more than two million for the month of
July 2002), primarily long-distance, to perform our collection
efforts. As such, we incur significant telephone expenses each
month. We also attempt to reach consumers through several
mailings, for which we incur postage and supplies expenses. We
outsource the vast majority of our mailing activities and
accordingly incur costs for that service.
Rent and Occupancy
Rent and occupancy expenses primarily include
rent, utilities and property taxes. We own our Hutchinson,
Kansas facility and incur expenses related to utilities,
property taxes and maintenance. We lease our headquarters in
Norfolk, Virginia and own an adjacent parking lot and pay rent,
utilities, property taxes and other miscellaneous expenses.
Other Operating Expenses
Other operating expenses include costs such as
travel and entertainment, advertising and marketing, dues and
subscriptions, insurance, various taxes and licenses, general
insurance, education and training and hiring expenses.
Depreciation
We incur depreciation expenses for costs related
to our owned properties in Kansas and Virginia, our computers
and information systems and our software.
Reorganization
At the time of this offering, we will change our
parent company legal structure from a limited liability company
to a corporation. As a limited liability company, we were not
subject to Federal or state corporate income taxes and as such
have not incurred any historical taxes. For comparison purposes,
we have presented pro forma net income, which reflects income
taxes assuming we have been a corporation since the time of our
formation. See Reorganization.
24
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth certain operating
data as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated:
Six Months Ended June 30, 2002
Compared To Six Months Ended June 30, 2001
Revenue
Total revenue was $24.9 million for the six
months ended June 30, 2002, an increase of
$10.2 million or 69.4% compared to total revenue of
$14.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2001.
Income Recognized on Finance
Receivables
Income recognized on finance receivables was
$24.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002,
an increase of $9.6 million or 66.7% compared to income
recognized on finance receivables of $14.4 million for the
six months ended June 30, 2001. The majority of the
increase was due to an increase in our cash collections on our
owned defaulted consumer receivables to $37.2 million from
$23.7 million, an increase of 56.7%. During the six months
ended June 30, 2002, we acquired defaulted consumer
receivables portfolios with an aggregate face value amount of
$588 million at a cost of $16.3 million.
25
Commissions
Commissions were $816,000 for the six months
ended June 30, 2002, an increase of $816,000 compared to
zero for the six months ended June 30, 2001. This increase
is a result of the commencement of our contingent fee
collections operations in March 2001.
Operating Expenses
Total operating expenses were $15.9 million
for the six months ended June 30, 2002, an increase of
$5.8 million or 57.4% compared to total operating expenses
of $10.1 million for the six months ended June 30,
2001. Total operating expenses, including compensation expenses,
were 41.7% of cash collections for the six months ended
June 30, 2002 compared with 42.5% for the same period in
2001.
Compensation
Compensation expenses were $10.2 million for
the six months ended June 30, 2002, an increase of
$3.5 million or 52.2% compared to compensation expenses of
$6.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2001.
Compensation expenses increased as total employees grew from 437
at June 30, 2001 to 527 at June 30, 2002. This
increase reflects the establishment of our contingent fee
collections operations and the growth in the number of
portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables acquired. The
contingent fee collection operation is responsible for 13.3% of
this growth, while the remaining 86.7% is attributable to our
growth in owned portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables.
Compensation expenses as a percentage of cash collections
decreased to 26.9% for the six months ended June 30, 2002
from 28.3% of cash collections for the same period in 2001.
Legal, Accounting and Outside Fees and
Services
Legal, accounting and outside fees and services
expenses were $3.2 million for the six months ended
June 30, 2002, an increase of $1.6 million or 100.0%
compared to legal, accounting and outside fees and services
expenses of $1.6 million for the six months ended June 30,
2001. The increase was primarily attributable to the increased
number of accounts referred to independent attorneys for
collection. This increase is also consistent with the growth we
experienced in our business.
Communications
Communications expenses were $929,000 for the six
months ended June 30, 2002, an increase of $263,000 or
39.5% compared to communications expenses of $666,000 for the
six months ended June 30, 2001. The increase was
attributable to growth in mailings and a higher number of phone
calls made to collect on a greater number of defaulted consumer
receivables owned and serviced. Mailings were responsible for
72.0% of this increase, while the remaining 28% is attributable
to a higher number of phone calls.
26
Rent and Occupancy
Rent and occupancy expenses were $362,000 for the
six months ended June 30, 2002, an increase of $48,000 or 15.3%
compared to rent and occupancy expenses of $314,000 for the six
months ended June 30, 2001. The increase was primarily
attributable to contractual increases in annual rental rates.
Other Operating Expenses
Other operating expenses were $676,000 for the
six months ended June 30, 2002, an increase of $162,000 or
31.5% compared to other operating expenses of $514,000 for the
six months ended June 30, 2001. The increase was due to
increases in taxes, fees and licenses, travel and meals and
miscellaneous expenses. Taxes, fees and licenses were
responsible for 30.2% of this increase, travel and meals were
responsible for 33.9% of this increase and miscellaneous
expenses were responsible for the remaining 35.9% of this
increase.
Depreciation
Depreciation expenses were $434,000 for the six
months ended June 30, 2002, an increase of $123,000 or
39.5% compared to depreciation expenses of $311,000 for the six
months ended June 30, 2001. The increase was attributable
to continued capital expenditures on equipment and computers.
Interest Income
Interest income was $2,000 for the six months
ended June 30, 2002, a decrease of $44,000 or 95.7%
compared to interest income of $46,000 for the six months ended
June 30, 2001. This decrease occurred due to a drop in our
yields during the fourth quarter of 2001, so we terminated our
repurchase agreement in favor of earning fee offset credit with
our bank.
Interest Expense
Interest expense was $1.1 million for the
six months ended June 30, 2002, a decrease of $340,000 or
24.3% compared to interest expense of $1.4 million for the
six months ended June 30, 2001. This decrease occurred as
higher average borrowings, which increased from
$24.9 million to $27.0 million, were more than offset
by lower interest rates.
Year Ended December 31, 2001 Compared
to Year Ended December 31, 2000
Revenue
Total revenue was $32.3 million for the year
ended December 31, 2001, an increase of $13.0 million
or 67.4% compared to total revenue of $19.3 for the year ended
December 31, 2000.
Income Recognized on Finance
Receivables
Income recognized on finance receivables was
$31.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, an
increase of $12.2 million or 64.2% compared to income
recognized on finance receivables of $19.0 million for the
year ended December 31, 2000. The increase was due to an
increase in our cash collections on our owned defaulted consumer
receivables portfolios to $53.4 million from
$30.7 million, an increase of 74.0%. During the year ended
December 31, 2001, we acquired defaulted consumer
receivables portfolios with an aggregate face value amount of
$1.6 billion at a cost of $33 million. During the year
ended December 31, 2000, we acquired defaulted consumer
receivable portfolios with an aggregate face value of
$1.0 billion at a cost of $24.7 million.
27
Commissions
Commissions were $214,000 for the year ended
December 31, 2001, an increase of $214,000 compared to zero
for the year ended December 31, 2000. The increase is a
result of the commencement of our contingent fee collections
operations in March 2001.
Net Gain on Cash Sales of Defaulted Consumer
Receivables
Net gain on cash sales of defaulted consumer
receivables was $901,000 for the year ended December 31,
2001, an increase of $558,000 or 162.7% compared to net gain on
cash sales of defaulted consumer receivables of $343,000 for the
year ended December 31, 2000. This increase is the result
of increased sale activity. In 2000 we sold $13.6 million
in face value at an average price of 4.3% whereas in 2001 we
sold $151.5 million in face value at an average price of
3.8%. The percentage increase in face value sold from 2000 to
2001 was significantly more than the percentage increase in
recognized net gain on cash sales of defaulted consumer
receivables. This is simply because we had a much higher basis
in the receivables sold in 2001 compared with those sold in 2000.
Expenses
Total operating expenses were $23.6 million
for the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of
$8.6 million or 57.3% compared to total operating expenses
of $15.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2000.
Total operating expenses, including compensation expenses, were
44.2% of cash collections in 2001 compared to 48.9% in 2000.
Compensation
Compensation expenses were $15.6 million for
the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of
$5.7 million or 57.6% compared to compensation expenses of
$9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2000.
Compensation expenses increased as total employees grew from 370
at December 31, 2000 to 501 at December 31, 2001. This
increase reflects the continued staffing of both our Virginia
and Kansas facilities and the commencement of our contingent fee
collections operations in March 2001. The additional employees
were required to collect on our growing portfolio of acquired
pools of defaulted consumer receivables. Compensation expenses
decreased to 29.3% of cash collections in 2001 from 32.2% of
cash collections in 2000. Staffing at our Virginia facility was
responsible for 51.2% of this increase, staffing at our Kansas
facility was responsible for 19.8% of this increase and staffing
for our contingent collections operations was responsible for
the remaining 29% of this increase.
Legal, Accounting and Outside Fees and
Services
Legal, accounting and outside fees and services
expenses were $3.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2001, an increase of $1.0 million or
38.5% compared to legal, accounting and outside fees and
services expenses of $2.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2000. The increase was primarily attributable
to the increased number of accounts referred to independent
attorneys for collection.
Communications
Communications expenses were $1.6 million
for the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of
$774,000 or 88.9% compared to communications expenses of
$871,000 for the year ended December 31, 2000. The increase
was primarily a result of higher postage due to mailings
required under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, and a higher number
of phone calls made to collect on a greater number of
receivables owned and serviced. Mailings were responsible for
62.9% of this increase while the remaining 37.1% is attributable
to a higher number of phone calls.
28
Rent and Occupancy
Rent and occupancy expenses were $712,000 for the
year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of $109,000 or
18.1% compared to rent and occupancy expenses of $603,000 for
the year ended December 31, 2000. The increase was
primarily a result of the first full year of occupancy of our
Kansas facility, which opened in July 2000.
Other Operating Expenses
Other operating expenses were $1.3 million
for the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of
$613,000 or 94.0% compared to other operating expenses of
$652,000 for the year ended December 31, 2000. Significant
components of the other operating expenses include taxes, fees
and licenses, hiring expenses, travel and meals and
miscellaneous expenses, all of which are related to our
contingent fee collections operations and the continued
expansion of our workforce throughout 2001. Taxes, fees and
licenses were responsible for 26.9% of this increase, travel and
meals were responsible for 16.9% of this increase, hiring
expenses were responsible for 19.6% of this increase and
miscellaneous expenses were responsible for the remaining 36.6%
of this increase.
Depreciation
Depreciation expenses were $677,000 for the year
ended December 31, 2001, an increase of $240,000 or 54.9%
compared to depreciation expenses of $437,000 for the year ended
December 31, 2000. The increase was attributable to
increased capital expenditures during late 2000 and 2001,
especially in connection with the acquisition of technology for
our contingent fee collection operations.
Interest Income
Interest income was $65,000 for the year ended
December 31, 2001, a decrease of $29,000 or 30.9% compared
to interest income of $94,000 for the year ended
December 31, 2000. This decrease occurred due to the
significant drop in our yields during the fourth quarter of
2001. Our average cash balance changed from $2.7 million in
2000 to $4.3 million in 2001.
Interest Expense
Interest expense was $2.8 million for the
year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of $922,000 or
49.6% compared to interest expense of $1.9 million for the
year ended December 31, 2000. This increase was a result of
increased borrowings to finance the growth in acquisitions of
defaulted consumer receivable portfolios during 2001. During
2001, we made additional investments in defaulted consumer
receivable portfolios of $33.4 million. To finance these
acquisitions of defaulted consumer receivable portfolios, our
borrowings increased during 2001. We had average monthly
borrowings of $25.6 million during 2001, compared to
average monthly borrowings of $15.5 million during 2000.
Extraordinary Loss
Extraordinary loss was $424,000 for the year
ended December 31, 2001, an increase of $424,000 compared
to none for the year ended December 31, 2000. The increase
was due to the early extinguishment of debt under two of our
previous line of credit agreements in 2001, for which we
expensed $232,000 of remaining unamortized debt acquisition
costs and $192,000 for the extinguishment of a contingent
interest provision.
Year Ended December 31, 2000 Compared
To Year Ended December 31, 1999
Revenue
Total revenue was $19.3 million for the year
ended December 31, 2000, an increase of $7.2 million
or 59.5% compared to total revenue of $12.1 for the year ended
December 31, 1999.
29
Income Recognized on Finance
Receivables
Income recognized on finance receivables was
$19.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2000, an
increase of $7.3 million or 62.4% compared to income
recognized on finance receivables of $11.7 million for the
year ended December 31, 1999. The increase was due to an
increase in our cash collections on our owned defaulted consumer
receivables portfolio to $30.7 million from
$17.4 million, an increase of 76.4%. During the year ended
December 31, 2000, we acquired defaulted consumer
receivable portfolios with an aggregate face value amount of
$1.0 billion at a cost of $25 million. During the year
ended December 31, 1999, we acquired defaulted consumer
receivable portfolios with an aggregate face value of
$480 million at a cost of $19 million.
Expenses
Total operating expenses were $15.0 million
for the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of
$5.6 million or 59.6% compared to total operating expenses
of $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2000.
Total operating expenses, including compensation expenses, were
48.9% of cash collections in 2000 compared to 54.0% in 1999.
Compensation
Compensation expenses were $9.9 million for
the year ended December 31, 2000, an increase of
$3.8 million or 62.3% compared to compensation expenses of
$6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1999.
Compensation expenses increased as total employees grew from 246
at December 31, 1999 to 370 at December 31, 2000. This
increase reflects the continued staffing of both our Virginia
and Kansas facilities. Staffing at our Virginia facility was
responsible for 54.8% of this increase, while the remaining
45.2% is attributable to increased staffing at our Kansas
facility. The additional employees were required to collect on
our growing portfolio of acquired pools of defaulted consumer
receivables. Compensation expenses decreased to 32.2% of cash
collections in 2000 from 35.2% of cash collections in 1999.
Legal, Accounting and Outside Fees and
Services
Legal, accounting and outside fees and services
expenses were $2.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2000, an increase of $1.1 million or
73.3% compared to legal, accounting and outside fees and
services expenses of $1.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 1999. This increase was primarily attributable
to the increased number of accounts referred to independent
attorneys for collection.
Communications
Communications expenses were $871,000 for the
year ended December 31, 2000, an increase of $318,000 or
57.5% compared to communication expenses of $553,000 for the
year ended December 31, 1999. The increase was primarily a
result of higher postage due to our increase in acquired pools
of defaulted consumer receivables and a higher number of phone
calls made to collect a greater number of defaulted consumer
receivables owned and serviced. Mailings were responsible for
15.9% of this increase, while the remaining 84.1% is
attributable to a higher number of phone calls.
Rent and Occupancy
Rent and occupancy expenses were $603,000 for the
year ended December 31, 2000, an increase of $268,000 or
80.0% compared to rent and occupancy expenses of $335,000 for
the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase was
primarily as a result of the first full year of occupancy at our
Virginia headquarters, which opened in July 1999, and the
opening of our Kansas facility in July 2000. Occupancy at our
Virginia headquarters was responsible for 90.0% of this
increase, while the remaining 10.0% is attributable to our
Kansas facilities.
30
Other Operating Expenses
Other operating expenses were $652,000 for the
year ended December 31, 2000, an increase of $154,000 or
30.9% compared to other operating expenses of $498,000 for the
year ended December 31, 1999. The increase was due to
increases in repairs, maintenance, taxes, fees and licenses.
Repairs and maintenance was responsible for 49.6% of this
increase, while the remaining 50.4% is attributable to taxes,
fees and licenses.
Depreciation
Depreciation expenses were $437,000 for the year
ended December 31, 2000, an increase of $68,000 or 18.4%
compared to depreciation expenses of $369,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1999. The increase was attributable to higher
capital expenditures during late 1999 and 2000, in connection
with the opening of our Kansas facility in July 2000.
Interest Income
Interest income was $94,000 for the year ended
December 31, 2000, a decrease of $8,000 or 7.9% compared to
interest income of $102,000 for the year ended December 31,
1999.
Interest Expense
Interest expense was $1.9 million for the
year ended December 31, 2000, an increase of $881,000 or
90.1% compared to interest expense of $978,000 for the year
ended December 31, 1999. This increase was a result of
increased borrowings to finance the growth in our acquisitions
of defaulted consumer receivable portfolios during 2000. During
2000, we made additional investment in defaulted consumer
receivable portfolios of $24.7 million, compared to our
investment of $19.4 million in 1999. To finance these
acquisitions of defaulted consumer receivable portfolios, our
borrowings increased during 2000. We had average monthly
borrowings of $15.6 million during 2000, compared to
average monthly borrowings of $8.7 million during 1999.
31
Unaudited Quarterly Results
The following table presents certain unaudited
quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for the
ten-quarter period ended June 30, 2002. The information has
been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial
statements. Our unaudited consolidated financial statements have
been prepared on substantially the same basis as the audited
consolidated financial statements contained in this prospectus
and include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments, which we consider to be necessary to present fairly
this information when read in conjunction with the consolidated
financial statements and notes appearing elsewhere within this
prospectus. The results of operations for any quarter are not
necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any
future period.
32
Seasonality
Our business depends on the ability to collect on
our owned and serviced defaulted consumer receivables.
Collections tend to be higher in the first and second quarters
of the year, due to consumers receipt of tax refunds and
other factors. Conversely, collections tend to be lower in the
third and fourth quarters of the year, due to consumers
spending in connection with summer and holiday vacations. Due to
our historical quarterly increases in cash collections, our
growth has masked the impact of this seasonality.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Cash collections have substantially exceeded
revenue in each quarter since our formation, as shown in the
following table. Our resulting strong cash flow has permitted us
to acquire all new portfolios since October 2001 without any
incremental borrowings. The following chart illustrates the
consistent excess of our cash collections on our owned
portfolios over the income recognized on finance receivables on
a quarterly basis.
Cash Collections
(1)
and Income
Recognized on Finance Receivables
33
The following table shows the changes in finance
receivables, including the amounts paid to acquire new
portfolios.
Our operating activities provided cash of
$1.8 million, $3.1 million, $6.5 million and
$8.9 million for the years ended December 31, 1999,
2000 and 2001 and the six months ended June 30, 2002,
respectively. In each of these periods, cash from operations was
generated primarily from net income earned through cash
collections, commissions received and gains on cash sales of
defaulted consumer receivables for the period, which increased
from $1.8 million in 1999 to $2.5 million in 2000 and
to $5.6 million in 2001 and to $8.0 million for the
six months ended June 30, 2002.
Our investing activities used cash of
$13.4 million, $13.2 million, $7.2 million and
$3.4 million for the years ended December 31, 1999,
2000 and 2001 and the six month period ended June 30, 2002,
respectively. Cash used in investing activities is primarily
driven by acquisitions of defaulted consumer receivables, net of
cash collections applied to the cost of the receivables.
Our financing activities provided
(used) cash of $11.9 million, $12.4 million,
$2.3 million and $(1.9) million, respectively, for the
years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and the six
months ended June 30, 2002, respectively. A principal
source of cash from financing activities has been proceeds from
lines of credit, which totaled $12.7 million,
$25.6 million, $28.6 million and none at
December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and June 30, 2002,
respectively. Proceeds from lines of credit were partially
offset in each of the periods by repayments of our lines of
credit, which totaled $10.7 million, $13.5 million,
$25.7 million and none, respectively. In 1999, we also
received a capital contribution from Angelo Gordon of
$10.0 million.
Cash paid for interest expenses was
$1.0 million, $1.8 million, $2.8 million and
$1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 1999,
2000 and 2001 and the six months ended June 30, 2002,
respectively. The majority of interest expenses was paid for
lines of credit used to finance acquisitions of defaulted
consumer receivables portfolios.
PRA III, LLC, our wholly owned subsidiary,
maintains a $40.0 million revolving line of credit with
Westside Funding Corporation (Westside) pursuant to
an agreement entered into on September 18, 2001. We, as
well as PRA Receivables Management LLC (d/b/a Anchor Receivables
Management), PRA II, LLC and PRA Holding, LLC (all of which are
wholly-owned subsidiaries of ours) are guarantors to this
agreement. The credit facility bears interest at a spread over
LIBOR and extends through September 15, 2005. The agreement
provides for:
34
Upon consummation of this offering, we will pay
off $29.0 million, the current outstanding balance of this
facility, with proceeds from this offering. After this offering,
we intend to either replace or renegotiate the terms of this
facility.
In addition, PRA AG Funding, LLC, our wholly
owned subsidiary, maintains a $2.5 million revolving line
of credit, pursuant to an agreement entered into with RBC
Centura Bank on June 30, 2002. The credit facility bears
interest at a spread over LIBOR and extends through July 2003.
The agreement provides:
This $2.5 million facility had no amounts
outstanding at July 31, 2002. After this offering, we
intend to replace or renegotiate the terms of this facility.
On December 30, 1999, PRA AG Funding, LLC,
our wholly owned subsidiary, entered into a credit agreement
with AG PRA 1999 Funding Co., (AG 1999) an affiliate
of Angelo Gordon, for a line of credit of $12.5 million.
See Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.
In December 2001, PRA AG Funding, LLC paid all outstanding loans
under the credit facility with AG 1999. PRA AG Funding, LLC has
no outstanding liability under this credit facility which
expired on June 30, 2002.
As of June 30, 2002 there are three
additional loans outstanding. In July 2000, PRA Holding I, LLC,
our wholly owned subsidiary, entered into a credit facility with
Bank of America, N.A., for a $550,000 loan, for the purpose of
purchasing a building in Hutchinson, Kansas. The loan bears
interest at a variable rate based on LIBOR and consists of
monthly principal payments for 60 months and a final
installment of unpaid principal and accrued interest payable on
July 21, 2005. On February 9, 2001, we entered into a
commercial loan agreement with Bank of America, N.A. in the
amount of $107,000 in order to purchase equipment for its
Norfolk, Virginia location. This loan bears interest at a fixed
rate of 7.9% and matures on February 1, 2006. On
February 20, 2002, we entered into an additional
arrangement with Bank of America, N.A. for a $500,000 commercial
loan in order to finance construction of a parking lot at our
Norfolk, Virginia location. This loan bears interest at a fixed
rate of 6.47% and matures on September 1, 2007.
Critical Accounting Policy
We utilize the interest method to determine
income recognized on finance receivables. Under this method,
each static pool of receivables we acquire is statistically
modeled to determine its projected cash flows. A yield is then
established which, when applied to the outstanding balance of
the receivables, results in the recognition of income at a
constant yield relative to the remaining balance in the pool.
Each pool is analyzed monthly to assess the actual performance
compared to that expected by the model. If differences are
noted, the yield is adjusted prospectively to reflect the
revised estimate of cash flows.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In July 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards
Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 141,
Business Combinations, and SFAS No. 142,
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. SFAS
Nos. 141 and 142 changed the accounting for business
combinations and goodwill in two significant ways. First, SFAS
No. 141 requires that the purchase method of accounting be
used in all business combinations initiated after June 30,
2001. Use of the pooling-of-interests method is prohibited.
Second, SFAS No. 142 changes
35
In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143,
Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations. SFAS
143 requires that obligations associated with the retirement of
tangible long-lived assets be recorded as a liability when those
obligations are incurred, with the amount of liability initially
measured at fair value. SFAS No. 143 will be effective for
fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2002, though early
adoption is encouraged. The application of this statement is not
expected to have a material impact on our financial statements.
In July 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144,
Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived
Assets. SFAS No. 144 supersedes SFAS No. 121,
Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets to be
Disposed Of. SFAS No. 144 applies to all long-lived
assets including discontinued operations, and amends Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 30, Reporting the Effect
of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, Extraordinary, Unusual
and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions. SFAS
No. 144 requires that long-lived assets that are to be
disposed of by sale be measured at the lower of book or fair
value, less cost to sell. SFAS No. 144 is effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001 and its
provisions are expected to be applied prospectively. The
application of this statement is not expected to have a material
impact on our financial statements.
In May 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145,
Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64,
Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical
Corrections as of April 2002. SFAS 145 rescinds FASB
Statement No. 4, Reporting Gains and Losses from
Extinguishment of Debt and an amendment of that statement,
FASB Statement No. 64, Extinguishments of Debt Made
to Satisfy Sinking-Fund Requirements and eliminates
extraordinary gain and loss treatment for the early
extinguishment of debt. This statement also rescinds FASB
Statement No. 44, Accounting for Intangible Assets of
Motor Carriers and amends FASB Statement No. 13,
Accounting for Leases, to eliminate an inconsistency
between the required accounting for sale-leaseback transactions
and the required accounting for certain lease modifications that
have economic effects that are similar to sale-leaseback
transactions. This statement also amends other existing
authoritative pronouncements to make various technical
corrections, clarify meanings, or describe their applicability
under changed conditions. This statement is effective for fiscal
years beginning after May 15, 2002. We will adopt SFAS 145
for the year ending December 31, 2002. The application of
this statement is not expected to have a material impact on our
financial statements other than the elimination of the
extraordinary loss treatment for the debt extinguishment in 2001.
In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146,
Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal
Activities. SFAS 146 addresses financial accounting and
reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities
and nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 94-3,
Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination
Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain
Costs Incurred in a Restructuring). The application of
this statement is not expected to have a material impact on our
financial statements.
36
Year Ended
Six Months Ended
December 31,
June 30,
1999
2000
2001
2001
2002
97.3
%
98.2
%
96.6
%
98.0
%
96.3
%
0.0
0.0
0.7
0.0
3.3
2.7
1.8
2.7
2.0
0.4
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
50.7
51.1
48.4
45.7
41.0
12.4
13.4
11.2
10.6
13.0
4.6
4.5
5.1
4.5
3.7
2.8
3.1
2.2
2.1
1.5
4.1
3.4
3.9
3.5
2.7
3.0
2.2
2.1
2.1
1.7
77.6
77.7
72.9
68.5
63.6
22.4
22.3
27.1
31.5
36.4
7.3
9.2
8.4
9.6
4.5
15.1
13.1
18.7
21.9
31.9
0.0
0.0
1.3
0.0
0.0
15.1
%
13.1
%
17.4
%
21.9
%
31.9
%
9.3
%
8.5
%
10.9
%
13.7
%
19.6
%
(1)
At the time of this offering we will change our
parent company legal structure from a limited liability company
to a corporation. See Reorganization. As a limited
liability company we were not subject to Federal or state
corporate income taxes. For comparison purposes, we have
presented pro forma net income, which reflects income taxes
assuming we have been a corporation since the time of our
formation and assuming tax rates equal to the rates that would
have been in effect had we been required to report tax expense
in such years.
Quarter Ended
Mar. 31,
June 30,
Sept. 30,
Dec. 31,
Mar. 31,
June 30,
Sept. 30,
Dec. 31,
Mar. 31,
June 30,
2000
2000
2000
2000
2001
2001
2001
2001
2002
2002
$
3,810
$
4,002
$
4,984
$
6,195
$
6,723
$
7,685
$
7,739
$
9,074
$
11,181
$
12,837
55
159
376
440
88
223
32
137
159
459
146
100
3,810
4,090
5,207
6,227
6,860
7,844
8,253
9,379
11,557
13,377
1,964
2,168
2,689
3,062
3,287
3,425
4,108
4,824
5,068
5,144
575
665
638
705
746
815
940
1,126
1,291
1,951
191
194
197
289
314
352
486
493
450
479
143
151
148
161
157
157
191
207
173
189
153
130
160
209
241
274
332
418
306
370
111
98
105
123
142
168
175
192
211
223
3,137
3,406
3,937
4,549
4,887
5,191
6,232
7,260
7,499
8,356
673
684
1,270
1,678
1,973
2,653
2,021
2,119
4,058
5,021
287
392
447
639
689
721
664
642
526
589
386
292
823
1,039
1,284
1,932
1,357
1,477
3,532
4,432
232
192
$
386
$
292
$
823
$
1,039
$
1,284
$
1,932
$
1,125
$
1,285
$
3,532
$
4,432
$
249
$
188
$
531
$
671
$
805
$
1,211
$
705
$
805
$
2,167
$
2,718
0.08
0.12
0.07
0.08
0.22
0.27
0.07
0.11
0.06
0.07
0.19
0.24
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
11,388
11,473
11,485
11,485
11,485
11,487
(1)
At the time of this offering we will change our
parent company legal structure from a limited liability company
to a corporation. See Reorganization. As a limited
liability company we were not subject to Federal or state
corporate income taxes. For comparison purposes, we have
presented pro forma net income, which reflects income taxes
assuming we had been a corporation since the time of our
formation and assuming tax rates equal to the rates that would
have been in effect had we been required to report tax expense
in such years.
(1)
Includes cash collections on finance receivables
only. Excludes commission fees and cash proceeds from sales of
defaulted consumer receivables.
Six Months Ended
Year Ended December 31,
June 30,
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
$
3,025,026
$
8,392,389
$
15,471,538
$
28,139,051
$
41,124,377
$
47,986,744
7,591,008
11,145,275
18,853,787
25,035,237
33,491,211
16,232,137
(2,223,645
)
(4,066,126
)
(5,616,241
)
(11,741,998
)
(21,926,815
)
(13,163,179
)
(570,033
)
(307,913
)
(4,702,029
)
(600
)
$
8,392,389
$
15,471,538
$
28,139,051
$
41,124,377
$
47,986,744
$
51,055,102
(1)
Cash collections applied to principal consists of
cash collections less income recognized on finance receivables.
restrictions on monthly borrowings in excess of
$4 million per month and quarterly borrowings in excess of
$10 million;
a maximum leverage ratio of not greater than 4.0
to 1.0 and net income per year of at least $0.01, calculated on
a consolidated basis;
a restriction on distributions in excess of 75%
of our net income for any year;
compliance with certain special purpose vehicle
and corporate separateness covenants; and
restrictions on change of control.
that we maintain a current ratio of 1.6 to 1.0
(the current ratio being defined to include finance receivables
as a current asset and to include the credit facility with
Westside as a current liability);
that we maintain a debt to tangible net worth
ratio of not more than 1.5 to 1.0;
for a minimum balance sheet cash position at
month end of $2 million; and
a restriction on distributions by us to 75% of
net income.
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a full-service provider of outsourced
receivables management. We purchase, collect and manage
portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables. Defaulted consumer
receivables are the unpaid obligations of individuals to credit
originators, including banks, credit unions, consumer and auto
finance companies, retail merchants and other service providers.
We believe that the strengths of our business are our
sophisticated approach to portfolio pricing, our emphasis on
collection personnel and procedures and our relationships with
many of the largest consumer lenders in the United States,
including 11 of the top 13 bank credit card issuers and
four of the top five store credit card issuers. Our proven
ability to collect defaulted consumer receivables allows us to
offer credit originators a complete outsourced solution to
address their defaulted consumer receivables. The defaulted
consumer receivables we collect are in substantially all cases
either purchased from the credit originator or are collected on
behalf of clients on a commission fee basis. We intend to
continue leveraging our strengths and grow our business through
the disciplined approach that has contributed to our success to
date.
We specialize in receivables that have been
charged-off by the credit originator. Since the credit
originator has unsuccessfully attempted to collect these
receivables, we are able to purchase them at a substantial
discount to their face value. Through June 30, 2002, we
have acquired 292 portfolios with a face value of
$4.2 billion for $116 million, or 2.8% of face value.
Our success depends on our ability to purchase portfolios of
defaulted consumer receivables at appropriate valuations and to
collect on those receivables effectively and efficiently. To
date, we have consistently been able to collect at a rate of 2.5
to 3.0 times our purchase price for defaulted consumer
receivables portfolios, as measured over a five-year period,
which has enabled us to generate increasing profits and positive
cash flow.
We believe we have been capitalized
conservatively, operating with low levels of financial leverage
and funding most of our recent portfolio acquisitions through
cash flow generated from collection activities. We have devoted
considerable effort to developing statistical models and
databases for pricing portfolio purchases, and we have systems
and infrastructure which allow for detailed reporting and
analysis of collection results. We have also been careful to
ensure that the growth in our portfolio of defaulted consumer
receivables does not outpace our ability to profitably collect
on our receivables. We maintain a ratio of collectors to total
employees that we believe is significantly higher than many of
our competitors.
We believe that our collectors are critical to
the success of our business, as a majority of our collections
occur as a result of telephone contact with consumers. We have
found that the tenure and productivity of our collectors are
directly related. Therefore, we have placed considerable focus
on attracting, hiring, training, retaining and motivating our
collection workforce. Historically, collectors working on our
owned portfolios who have been with us for more than
12 months are 90% more productive than collectors with less
tenure. We expect an increase in productivity and profitability
as our ratio of collectors with more than 12 months of
experience increases over time.
We were formed in March 1996 by four members of
senior management that continue to lead us. Prior to our
formation, members of the management team played key roles in
the development of a defaulted consumer receivables acquisition
and divestiture operation for Household Recovery Services, a
subsidiary of Household International. We are owned by certain
members of our senior management and Angelo, Gordon &
Co., L.P., a New York based investment management firm, and its
affiliates. Since our formation, we have acquired and serviced
portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables. In March 2001 we
commenced our third-party contingent fee collections operations
to provide defaulted receivables management on a commission fee
basis, receiving a percentage of the amounts collected on behalf
of the client.
We have achieved strong financial results since
our formation, with cash collections growing from
$5.0 million in 1997 to $53.4 million in 2001. Revenue
has grown from $2.8 million in 1997 to $32.3 million
in 2001, a compound annual growth rate of 84%. Similarly, pro
forma net income has grown from $130,000 in 1997 to
$3.5 million in 2001. Our solid financial performance has
continued into 2002. For the six month period ended
June 30, 2002, cash collections were $38.0 million,
revenue was $24.9 million and pro forma net income was
$4.9 million, compared to cash collections of
$23.7 million,
37
Quarterly Cash
Collections
(1)
Industry Overview
The accounts receivable management industry is
growing, driven by increasing levels of consumer obligations,
increasing charge-offs of the underlying receivables by credit
originators and increasing utilization of third-party providers
to execute the recovery of defaulted receivables. According to
the U.S. Federal Reserve Board, consumer credit, which
consists of non-real estate related short- and intermediate-term
credit extended to individuals, had grown approximately 37% to
$1.7 trillion on June 30, 2002 from $1.2 trillion
on December 31, 1997. According to the Consumer Bankers
Association, the delinquency rate on non-mortgage consumer
obligations reached its highest level in a decade at
December 31, 2001, an approximately 33% increase from
December 31, 2000. Collections & Credit Risk, an
industry publication, estimates that consumer credit charge-offs
during 2001 totaled $60 billion. Meanwhile, according to
the Nilson Report, a credit card industry newsletter, credit
originators outsourced an estimated $135 billion in
defaulted consumer receivables for collection in 2000, nearly
double the $73 billion outsourced for collection in 1990.
The accounts receivable management industry
(owned portfolio and contingent fee) is highly fragmented and
competitive, consisting of approximately 6,000 consumer and
commercial agencies. In recent years, the accounts receivable
management industry has increased its use of technology in order
to operate more effectively and leading companies utilize
proprietary databases and portfolio evaluation programs,
automated predictive dialers, automated call distributors and
computerized skip-tracing capabilities. We expect the increasing
importance of technology and the associated increased capital
requirements to cause challenges for many smaller participants
lacking the required capital and management resources to
implement and effectively utilize such technology to compete
effectively and to continue to maintain regulatory standards.
38
The accounts receivable management industry
services credit originators including banks, healthcare
providers, utilities, telecommunications providers, consumer
finance companies, retail businesses and auto lenders. The
dollar amount of defaulted receivables being sold or placed for
collection by credit originators typically increases with the
level of consumer obligations during periods of relative
economic strength. However, during periods of relative economic
weakness, the extent to which consumer obligations decline tends
to be partially offset by a corresponding higher default rate.
Historically, credit originators have sought to
limit credit losses either through using internal collection
efforts with their own personnel or outsourcing collection
activities to accounts receivables management providers. Credit
originators that have outsourced the collection of defaulted
receivables have typically remained committed to third-party
providers as a result of the perceived economic benefit of
outsourcing and the resources required to reestablish the
infrastructure required to support in-house collection efforts.
The credit originator can pursue an outsourced solution by
either selling their defaulted receivables for immediate cash
proceeds or by placing defaulted receivables with an outsourced
provider on a contingent fee basis while retaining ownership of
the receivables. The Kaulkin Report estimates that the
contingent fee market accounts for $7.5 billion, or 68%, of
the market while the purchased receivables market accounts for
the remaining $3.6 billion, or 32%, of the market. Further,
the Kaulkin Report estimates that in 2000 the face value of
purchased receivables increased 20% to $60 billion from
$50 billion in 1999 while the contingent fee market is
estimated to be growing at 9% annually.
In the event that a credit originator sells
receivables to an accounts receivables management company such
as Portfolio Recovery Associates, the credit originator receives
immediate cash proceeds and eliminates the related fixed and
variable costs associated with internal recovery operations. The
discounted amount received by the credit originator typically
ranges from one to ten percent of the face amount of the
receivables, depending on the amount the purchaser anticipates
it can recover and the anticipated effort required to recover
that amount. Credit originators have developed a variety of
processes in which to sell their receivables. Some credit
originators pursue an auction-type sales approach in which they
obtain bids for specified portfolios from competing parties.
Receivables are also sold in privately-negotiated transactions
between the credit originator and a purchaser. In addition, many
credit originators enter into forward flow contracts. Forward
flow contracts commit a credit originator to sell, and
purchasers to acquire, a steady flow of defaulted consumer
receivables periodically over a specified period of time,
usually no less than one year, for a fixed percentage of the
face amount of the receivables.
As an alternative to selling defaulted
receivables, a credit originator can place receivables with an
outsourced accounts receivable management provider on a
commission fee basis for a typical period of four to six months,
or as long as nine months or more if there have been previous
collection efforts. The commission fee paid to the provider is
based on the likely collectibility of the defaulted consumer
receivables principally is driven by the duration of the
receivables past due status and typically has ranged from 15% to
50%.
We believe an outsourced providers ability
to successfully collect payments on defaulted receivables,
despite previous collection efforts by the credit originator, is
driven by several factors including the ability to:
Competitive Strengths
Complete Outsourced Solution for Credit
Originators
We offer credit originators a complete outsourced
solution to address their defaulted consumer receivables.
Depending on a credit originators timing and needs, we can
either purchase from the credit
39
Disciplined and Proprietary Underwriting
Process
One of the key components of our growth has been
our ability to price portfolio acquisitions at levels that have
generated profitable returns on investment. To date, we have
consistently been able to collect at a rate of 2.5 to
3.0 times our purchase price for defaulted consumer
receivables portfolios, as measured over a five-year period,
which has enabled us to generate increasing profits and cash
flow. Since October 2001, we have funded portfolio acquisitions
primarily out of cash flow generated from our collection
activities. In order to price portfolios and forecast the
targeted collection results for a portfolio, we use two separate
statistical models developed internally that are often
supplemented with on-site due diligence of the credit
originators collection process and loan files. As we
collect on our portfolios, the results are input back into the
models in an ongoing process which we believe increases their
accuracy. Through June 30, 2002 our management team has
acquired 292 portfolios with a face value of more than
$4.2 billion.
Ability to Hire, Develop and Retain Productive
Collectors
In an industry characterized by high turnover,
our ability to hire, develop and retain effective collectors is
a key to our continued growth and profitability. We have found
that tenure is a primary driver of our collector effectiveness.
We offer our collectors a competitive wage with the opportunity
to receive unlimited incentive compensation based on
performance, as well as an attractive benefits package and the
ability to work on a flexible schedule. We have a comprehensive
six week training program for most new employees and provide
continuing advanced classes conducted in our four training
centers. Recognizing the demands of the job, management has
endeavored to create a professional and supportive environment
for collectors. Furthermore, several large military bases and
several telemarketing, customer service and reservation phone
centers are located near our headquarters in Virginia, providing
access to a large pool of trained personnel. We have also found
the Hutchinson, Kansas area to provide a large potential
workforce of trained personnel.
Established Systems and
Infrastructure
We have devoted significant effort to developing
our systems, including statistical models, databases and
reporting packages, to optimize our portfolio purchases and
collection efforts. In addition, our technology infrastructure
is flexible, secure, reliable and redundant to ensure the
protection of our sensitive data and to ensure minimal exposure
to systems failure or unauthorized access. We believe that our
systems and infrastructure give us meaningful advantages over
our competitors. We have developed financial models and systems
for pricing portfolio acquisitions, managing the collections
process and monitoring operating results. We perform static pool
analysis on each of our portfolios, inputting actual results
back into our acquisition models, to enhance their accuracy. We
monitor collection results continuously, seeking to identify and
resolve negative trends immediately. Our comprehensive
management reporting package is designed to fully inform the
management team so that it may make timely operating decisions.
This combination of hardware, software and proprietary modeling
and systems has been developed by our team through years of
experience in this industry and we believe provides us with an
important competitive advantage from the acquisition process all
the way through collection operations.
40
Strong Relationships with Major Credit
Originators
We have done business with many of the top 25
consumer lenders in the United States, including 11 of the top
13 bank credit card issuers and four of the five largest store
credit card issuers. We maintain an extensive marketing effort
and our senior management team is in contact with known and
prospective credit originators. We believe that we have earned a
reputation as a reliable purchaser of defaulted consumer
receivables portfolios and as responsible collectors. Further,
from the perspective of the selling credit originator, the
failure to close on a negotiated sale of a portfolio consumes
valuable time and expense and can have an adverse effect on
pricing when the portfolio is re-marketed. We have never failed
to close on a transaction. Similarly, if a credit originator
sells a portfolio to a group that violates industry standard
collecting practices, it can taint the reputation of the credit
originator. We go to great lengths to collect from consumers in
a responsible, professional and lawful manner. We believe our
strong relationships with major credit originators provide us
with access to quality opportunities for portfolio purchases and
contingent fee collection placements.
Experienced Management Team
We have an experienced management team with
considerable expertise in the accounts receivable management
industry. We were formed in March 1996 by four members of senior
management that continue to lead us. Prior to our formation, the
founders played key roles in the development and management of a
consumer receivables acquisition and divestiture operation of
Household Recovery Services, a subsidiary of Household
International. As we have grown, our founders have expanded the
management team with a group of successful, seasoned executives.
Following this offering, our management team will own
approximately 19% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis.
Growth Opportunities
Continue to Develop and Retain
Collectors
Based on our experience, collectors working on
our owned portfolios who have been with us for more than
12 months are 90% more productive than collectors with less
tenure. As we have grown, we have been able to increase the
number of collectors with more than 12 months of tenure
dramatically. Since August 1999, we have increased the number of
collectors with more than 12 months of tenure from 28 to
254. We believe this leads directly to higher cash collections
and higher operating margins. As of September 30, 2002, our
base of existing collectors working on our owned portfolios is
452 persons, with an additional 48 collectors working on
our contingent fee collections operations. We intend to maintain
our historical controlled growth in the number of collectors we
add. Accordingly, we expect the percentage of collectors with
more than 12 months of experience will increase, which we
believe will drive our productivity and profitability.
Maintain Conservative Capitalization for
Portfolio Acquisitions
The additional equity capital from this offering
will allow us to continue to capitalize our portfolio
acquisitions conservatively. As we continue to grow off a larger
base of acquired portfolios, we will continue to capitalize them
prudently. This helps ensure that we do not allow growth in our
acquired portfolios to outpace growth in our collector base, and
thus our ability to collect effectively and profitably on our
acquired portfolios. We believe our capitalization and access to
funds provides us with an advantage as we continue to be
opportunistic purchasers of diversified pools of defaulted
consumer receivables.
Increase Share in Growing Market
The Kaulkin Report estimates that the market for
outsourced accounts receivables management is growing at a rate
of 14% per year. The growth is driven by increasing levels of
consumer obligations, higher default rates and increasing use of
third-party providers by credit originators to collect their
defaulted receivables. The accounts receivable management
industry is highly fragmented, with more than
6,000 companies providing a range of services across a
broad spectrum of sophistication. We believe that
41
Leverage Expertise into Other Asset
Types
To date, we have focused primarily on defaulted
consumer credit card related receivables. We have also had
profitable experiences with defaulted consumer receivables
related to auto finance companies, retail finance, student
loans, retail oil and gas, long-distance telephone, consumer
finance and small business commercial debt. We expect to
continue seeking opportunities to leverage our portfolio
purchasing and collections expertise in these and other asset
types. It is our intention to enter into new asset types, or
expand our exposure to certain asset types with which we have
had limited experience, in a controlled and disciplined way. We
expect to continue to make small purchases with new asset types
as we build our base of purchasing and collections expertise.
Potential markets in which we may expand include receivables
related to utilities, healthcare and specialty retail. Our
success in new receivables markets will be dictated by our
ability to price the receivables accurately and collect them
effectively and profitably.
Grow Our Contingent Fee Collections
Operations
We commenced our contingent fee collections
operations in March 2001. The capability to perform collections
on a commission fee basis allows us to offer a complete
outsourced solution to credit originators while leveraging our
existing infrastructure, skill set, personnel and client
relationships. We have experienced increased operating
performance since commencing our contingent fee collections
operations, which has generated positive operating income for
the first six months of 2002. As of September 30, 2002, we
have entered into contingent fee collection arrangements with 11
clients, four of which are credit originators from whom we have
purchased portfolios from in the past. We currently anticipate
that we will expand our contingent fee collections operations as
we add collectors and offer credit originators the choice of
selling their portfolios or having us service the accounts on a
commission fee basis.
Leverage Existing Infrastructure and
Management Team
We have made substantial investments in
technology, infrastructure and systems since our formation. In
addition, we have a full management team in place that we
believe is capable of leading our growth in the foreseeable
future. As a result, we are capable of acquiring and servicing
substantially larger volumes of defaulted consumer receivables
without incurring proportional increases in fixed costs. In
2001, a 67% increase in revenues generated a 104% increase in
income from operations.
Explore Selected Acquisitions
We will evaluate opportunities to make
acquisitions of companies or group hires. We will primarily seek
opportunities that would add new skill sets, such as expertise
in pricing new asset types. We would also seek opportunities
that will bring us strong credit originator relationships,
collection facilities and access to skilled collectors.
Portfolio Acquisitions
Our portfolio of defaulted consumer receivables
includes a diverse set of accounts that can be segmented by
asset type, age and size of account, level of previous
collection efforts and geography. To identify attractive buying
opportunities, we maintain an extensive marketing effort with
our senior officers contacting known and prospective sellers of
defaulted consumer receivables. We acquire receivables of
Visa®, MasterCard® and Discover® credit cards,
private label credit cards, installment loans, lines of credit,
deficiency balances of various types and legal judgments, all
from a variety of credit originators. These credit originators
include major banks, credit unions, consumer finance companies,
retailers and auto finance companies. In addition, we exhibit at
trade shows, advertise in a variety of trade publications and
42
We have done business with many of the largest
25 consumer lenders in the United States, including 11 of
the top 13 largest bank credit card issuers and four of the top
five store credit card issuers. Since our formation, we have
purchased accounts from approximately 40 credit
originators. We currently have one forward flow contract with a
major retail credit originator which we believe will account for
more than 10% of our revenues in 2002.
We have acquired portfolios at various price
levels, depending on the age of the portfolio, its geographic
distribution, our historical experience with a certain asset
type or credit originator and similar factors. A typical
defaulted consumer receivables portfolio ranges from $3.0 to
$50.0 million in face value and contains defaulted consumer
receivables from diverse geographic locations with average
initial individual account balances of $2,500 to $6,000.
The age of a defaulted consumer receivables
portfolio (i.e., the time since an account has been charged-off)
is an important factor in determining the maximum price at which
we will purchase a receivables portfolio. Generally, there is an
inverse relationship between the age of a portfolio and the
price that we will purchase the portfolio. This relationship is
due to the fact that older receivables typically are more
difficult to collect. The accounts receivables management
industry places receivables into categories depending on the
number of collection agencies that have previously attempted to
collect on the receivables. Fresh accounts are typically past
due 120 to 270 days and charged-off by the credit
originator that are either being sold prior to any
post-charge-off collection activity or are placed with a
third-party for the first time. These accounts typically sell
for the highest purchase price. Primary accounts are typically
270 to 360 days past due, have been previously placed with
one contingent fee servicer and receive a lower purchase price.
Secondary and tertiary accounts are typically more than
360 days past due, have been placed with two or three
contingent fee servicers and receive even lower purchase prices.
As shown in the following chart, as of June 30, 2002 a
majority of our portfolios are primary and secondary accounts
but we purchase or service accounts at any point in the
delinquency cycle.
We also review the geographic distribution of
accounts within a portfolio because we have found that certain
states have more debtor-friendly laws than others and,
therefore, are less desirable from a collectibility perspective.
In addition, economic factors and bankruptcy trends vary
regionally and are
43
Purchasing Process
We acquire portfolios from credit originators
through both an auction and a negotiated sale process. In an
auction process, the credit originator will assemble a portfolio
of receivables and seek purchase prices from specifically
invited potential purchasers. In a privately negotiated sale
process, the credit originator will contact known, reputable
purchasers directly and negotiate the terms of sale. On a
limited basis, we also acquire accounts in forward flow
contracts. We currently have one such contract. Under a forward
flow contract, we agree to purchase defaulted consumer
receivables from a credit originator on a periodic basis, at a
set percentage of face value of the receivables over a specified
time period. These agreements typically have a provision
requiring that the attributes of the receivables to be sold will
not significantly change each month and that the credit
originators efforts to collect these receivables will not
change. If this provision is not provided for, the contract will
allow for the early termination of the forward flow contract by
the purchaser. Forward flow contracts are a consistent source of
defaulted consumer receivables for accounts receivables
management providers and provide the credit originators with a
reliable source of revenue and a professional resolution of
defaulted consumer receivables.
In a typical sale transaction, a credit
originator distributes a computer disk or data tape containing
10 to 15 basic data fields on each receivables account in the
portfolio offered for sale. Such fields typically include the
consumers name, address, outstanding balance, date of
charge-off, date of last payment and the date the account was
opened. We perform our initial due diligence on the portfolio by
electronically cross-checking the data fields on the computer
disk or data tape against the accounts in our owned
44
In order to determine a maximum purchase price
for a portfolio, we use computer models developed internally
that often are supplemented with on-site due diligence of the
credit originators collection operation and/or a review of
their loan origination files, collection notes and work
processes. We analyze the portfolio using our proprietary
multiple regression model, which analyzes the broad
characteristics of the portfolio by comparing it to portfolios
we have previously acquired to determine collectibility at fixed
periods in the future. In addition, we analyze the portfolio
using an adjustment model, which uses an appropriate cash flow
model depending upon whether it is a purchase of fresh, primary,
secondary or tertiary accounts. We then make adjustments to the
cash flow model to compensate for demographic attributes
supported by detailed analysis of demographic data. This process
yields our quantitative purchasing analysis used to help price
transactions and prioritize collection work efforts subsequent
to purchase. With respect to prospective forward flow contracts
and other long-term relationships, in addition to the procedures
outlined above, we may obtain a small test portfolio to evaluate
and compare the characteristics of the portfolio to the
assumptions we developed in our purchasing analysis.
Our due diligence and portfolio review results in
a comprehensive analysis of the proposed portfolio. This
analysis compares defaulted consumer receivables in the
prospective portfolio with our collection history in similar
portfolios. We then summarize all anticipated cash collections
and associated direct expenses and project a collectibility
value expressed both in dollars and liquidation percentage and a
detailed expense projection over the portfolios estimated
five-year economic life. We use the total projected
collectibility value to determine an appropriate purchase price.
We maintain detailed static pool analysis on each
portfolio that we have acquired, capturing all demographic data
and revenue and expense items for further analysis. We use the
static pool analysis to refine the underwriting models that we
use to price future portfolio purchases. The results of the
static pool analysis are input back into our models, increasing
the accuracy of the models as the data set increases with every
portfolio purchase and each days collection efforts.
The quantitative and qualitative data derived in
our due diligence is evaluated together with our knowledge of
the current defaulted consumer receivables market and any
subjective factors that management may know about the portfolio
or the credit originator. A portfolio acquisition approval
memorandum is prepared for each prospective portfolio before a
purchase price is submitted to a credit originator. This
approval memorandum, which outlines the portfolios
anticipated collectibility and purchase structure, is
distributed to members of our investment committee. The approval
by the committee sets a maximum purchase price for the portfolio.
Once a portfolio purchase has been approved by
our investment committee and the terms of the sale have been
agreed to with the credit originator, the acquisition is
documented in an agreement that contains customary terms and
conditions. Provisions are incorporated for bankrupt, disputed,
fraudulent or deceased accounts and typically, the credit
originator either agrees to re-purchase these accounts or
replace them with acceptable replacement accounts within certain
time frames.
Collection Operations
Our work flow management system places, recalls
and prioritizes accounts in collectors work queues, based
on our analyses of our accounts and other demographic, credit
and prior work collection attributes. We use this process to
focus our work effort on those consumers most likely to pay on
their accounts and to rotate to other collectors the non-paying
accounts from which other collectors have been unsuccessful in
receiving payment. The majority of our collections occur as a
result of telephone contact with consumers.
The age of a newly acquired portfolio will
determine collection strategy. For example, we will obtain
credit reports for many of fresh accounts and those accounts
will be sent immediately to collectors work queues.
Alternatively, we will send only those tertiary accounts with
the highest perceived collectibility to
45
When a collector establishes contact with a
consumer, the account information is placed automatically in the
collectors work queue. Our computer system allows each
collector to view all the scanned documents relating to the
consumers account, which typically includes the original
account application and payment checks. A typical collector work
queue may include 650 to 1,000 accounts, depending on the skill
level of the collector. The work queue is depleted and
replenished automatically by our computerized work flow system.
On the initial contact call, the consumer is
given a standardized presentation regarding the benefits of
resolving his or her account with us. Emphasis is placed on
determining the reason for the consumers default in order
to better assess the consumers situation and create a plan
for repayment. The collector is incentivized to have the
consumer pay the full balance of the account. If the collector
cannot obtain payment of the full balance, the collector will
suggest a three to four month payment plan or a reduced lump-sum
settlement. If the consumer elects to utilize an installment
plan, we have developed a system to make monthly withdrawals
from a consumers bank account. Furthermore, we will settle
the consumers obligations for less than the full balance,
and each collector is authorized to make settlements above a
threshold percentage or with the authorization of our Director
of Operations.
If a collector is unable to establish contact
with a consumer based on information received, the collector
must undertake skip tracing procedures to develop important
account information. Skip tracing is the process of developing
new phone, address, job or asset information on a consumer. Each
collector does his or her own skip tracing using a number of
computer applications available at his or her workstation, as
well as a series of automated skip tracing procedures
implemented by us on a regular basis.
Accounts for which the consumer is not
cooperative and for which we can establish a garnishable job or
attachable asset are reviewed for legal action. Depending on the
balance of the defaulted consumer receivable and the applicable
state collection laws, we determine whether to commence legal
action to collect on the receivable. The legal process can take
an extended period of time, but it also generates cash
collections that likely would not have been realized otherwise.
Our legal recovery department oversees and
coordinates an independent nationwide collections attorney
network which is responsible for the preparation and filing of
judicial collection proceedings in multiple jurisdictions,
determining the suit criteria, coordinating sales of property
and instituting wage garnishments to satisfy judgments. This
network consists of approximately 70 independent law firms who
work on a contingent fee basis. Our legal department also
processes proofs of claims for recovery on receivables which are
included in consumer bankruptcies filed under Chapter 13 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, and submits claims against
estates in cases involving deceased debtors having assets at the
time of death. Legal cash collections currently constitute
approximately 20% of our total collections. As our portfolio
matures, a larger number of accounts will be directed to our
Legal Recovery Department for judicial collection; consequently,
we anticipate that legal cash collections will grow
commensurately and comprise a considerably larger percentage of
our total cash collections.
Contingent Fee Collections
Operations
In order to provide credit originators with
alternative collection solutions and to capitalize on common
competencies between a contingent fee collections operation and
an acquired receivables portfolio business, we commenced our
third-party contingent fee collections operations in March 2001.
In a contingent fee arrangement, clients typically place
defaulted receivables with an outsourced provider once they have
been deemed non-collectible. The clients then pay the
third-party agency a commission fee based upon the amount
actually collected from the consumer. A contingent fee placement
of defaulted consumer receivables is usually for a fixed time
frame, typically four to six months, or as long as nine months
or more if there have been previous collection efforts. At the
end of this fixed period, the third-party agency will return the
uncollected defaulted consumer receivables to the client, which
may then place the defaulted consumer receivables with another
collection agency or sell the portfolio receivables.
46
The determination of the commission fee to be
paid for third-party collections is generally based upon the
potential collectibility of the defaulted consumer receivables
being assigned for placement. For example, if there has been no
prior third-party collection activity with respect to the
defaulted consumer receivables, the commission fee would be
lower than if there had been one or more previous collection
agencies attempting to collect on the receivables. The earlier
the placement of defaulted consumer receivables in the
collection process, the higher the probability of receiving a
cash collection and, therefore, the lower the cost to collect
and the lower the commission fee. Other factors, such as the
location of the consumers, the size of the defaulted consumer
receivables and the clients collection procedures and work
standards also contribute to establishing a commission fee.
Once a defaulted consumer receivable has been
placed with us, the collection process operates in a slightly
different manner than with our portfolio acquisition business.
Servicing time limitations imposed by our clients require a
greater emphasis on immediate settlements and larger down
payments, compared to much longer term repayment plans common
with our owned portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables. In
addition, work standards are often dictated by our clients.
While our contingent fee collections operations utilize their
own collectors and collection system, we have been able to
leverage the portfolio acquisition business
infrastructure, existing facilities and skill set of our
management team to provide support for this business operation.
The leveraged competencies of the portfolio acquisition business
include our sophisticated technology systems and training
techniques.
Competition
We face competition in both of the markets we
serve owned portfolio and contingent fee accounts
receivable management from new and existing
providers of outsourced receivables management services,
including other purchasers of defaulted consumer receivables
portfolios, third-party contingent fee collection agencies and
credit originators that manage their own defaulted consumer
receivables rather than outsourcing them. The accounts
receivable management industry (owned portfolio and contingent
fee) is highly fragmented and competitive, consisting of
approximately 6,000 consumer and commercial agencies. We
estimate that more than 90% of these agencies compete in the
contingent fee market, based upon The Debt Buyers
Association current membership. There are few significant
barriers for entry to new providers of contingent fee
receivables management services and, consequently, the number of
agencies serving the contingent fee market may continue to grow.
Greater capital needs and the need for portfolio evaluation
expertise sufficient to price portfolios effectively constitute
significant barriers for entry to new providers of owned
portfolio receivables management services. Based on the Nilson
Reports estimate that $135 billion of defaulted
consumer receivables were outsourced for collection in 2000, we
believe that we possess less than a 1% market share.
We face bidding competition in our acquisition of
defaulted consumer receivables and in our obtaining placement of
contingent fee receivables. We also compete on the basis of
reputation, industry experience and performance. Among the
positive factors which we believe influence our ability to
compete effectively in this market are our ability to bid on
portfolios at appropriate prices, our reputation from previous
transactions regarding our ability to close transactions in a
timely fashion, our relationships with originators of defaulted
consumer receivables, our team of well-trained collectors who
provide quality customer service and compliance with applicable
collections laws, our ability to collect on various asset types
and our ability to provide both purchased and contingent fee
solutions to credit originators. Among the negative factors
which we believe influence our ability to compete effectively in
this market are that some of our current competitors and
possible new competitors may have substantially greater
financial, personnel and other resources, greater adaptability
to changing market needs, longer operating histories and more
established relationships in our industry than we currently have.
In the future, we may not have the resources or
ability to compete successfully. Some of our competitors have
substantially greater financial, personnel and other resources,
and there can be no assurance that additional competitors with
greater resources than ours will not enter our market. Moreover,
there can be no assurance that our existing or potential clients
will continue to outsource their defaulted consumer receivables
at recent levels or at all, or that we may continue to offer
competitive bids for
47
Information Technology
Technology Operating Systems and Server
Platform
The scalability of our systems provides us with a
technology system that is flexible, secure, reliable and
redundant to ensure the protection of our sensitive data. We
utilize Intel-based servers running industry standard open
systems coupled with Microsoft Windows 2000 and NT Server
operating systems. In addition, we utilize a blend of purchased
and proprietary software systems tailored to the needs of our
business. These systems are designed to eliminate inefficiencies
in our collections, continue to meet business objectives in a
changing environment and meet compliance obligations with
regulatory entities. We believe that our combination of
purchased and proprietary software packages provide collections
automation that is superior to our competitors.
Network Technology
To provide delivery of our applications, we
utilize Intel-based workstations across our entire business
operations. The environment is configured to provide speeds of
100 megabytes to the desktops of our collections and
administration staff. Our one gigabyte server network
architecture supports high-speed data transport. Our network
system is designed to be scalable and meet expansion and
inter-building bandwidth and quality of service demands.
Database Systems
The ability to access and utilize data is
essential to our being able to operate nationwide in a
cost-effective manner. Our centralized computer-based
information systems support the core processing functions of our
business under a set of integrated databases and are designed to
be both replicable and scalable to accommodate our internal
growth. This integrated approach helps to assure that consistent
sources are processed efficiently. We use these systems for
portfolio and client management, skip tracing, check taking,
financial and management accounting, reporting, and planning and
analysis. The systems also support our consumers, including
on-line access to address changes, account status and payment
entry. We use a combination of Microsoft, Oracle and Cache
database software to manage our portfolios, financial, customer
and sales data, and we believe these systems will be sufficient
for our needs for the foreseeable future. Our contingent fee
collections operations database incorporates an integrated and
proprietary predictive dialing platform used with our predictive
dialer discussed below.
Our data centers provide the infrastructure for
innovative collection services and uninterrupted support of
hardware and server management, server co-location and an
all-inclusive server administration for our business. We believe
our facilities and operations include sufficient redundancy,
file back-up and security to ensure minimal exposure to systems
failure or unauthorized access. The preparations in this area
include the use of call centers in Virginia and in Kansas in
order to help provide redundancy for data and processes should
one site be completely disabled. We have a comprehensive
disaster recovery plan covering our business that is tested on a
periodic basis. The combination of our locally distributed call
control systems provides enterprise-wide call and data
distribution between our call centers for efficient portfolio
collection and business operations. In addition to real-time
replication of data between the sites, incremental backups of
both software and databases are performed on a daily basis and a
full system backup is performed weekly. Backup data tapes are
stored at an offsite location along with copies of schedules and
production control procedures, procedures for recovery using an
off-site data center, documentation and other critical
information necessary for recovery and continued operation. Our
Virginia headquarters has two separate power and
telecommunications feeds, uninterruptible power supply and a
48
We utilize plasma displays at our main facility
to aid in recovery of portfolios. The displays provide real-time
business-critical information to our collection personnel for
efficient collection efforts such as telephone, production,
employee status, goal trending, training and corporate
information.
Dialer Technology
The Noble Systems Predictive Dialer ensures that
our collection staff focuses on certain defaulted consumer
receivables according to our specifications. Our predictive
dialer takes account of all campaign and dialing parameters and
is able to constantly adjust its dialing pace to match changes
in campaign conditions and provide the lowest possible wait
times on abandoned calls.
Employees
We employed 598 persons on a full-time basis,
including 452 collectors on our owned portfolios and an
additional 48 collectors working in our contingent fee
collections operations, as of September 30, 2002. None of
our employees are represented by a union or covered by a
collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our relations
with our employees are good.
Hiring
We recognize that our collectors are critical to
the success of our business as a majority of our collection
efforts occur as a result of telephone contact with consumers.
We have found that the tenure and productivity of our collectors
are directly related. Therefore, attracting, hiring, training,
retaining and motivating our collection personnel is a major
focus for us. We pay our collectors competitive wages and offer
employees a full benefits program which includes comprehensive
medical coverage, short and long term disability, life
insurance, dental and vision coverage, an employee assistance
program and a matching 401(k) program. In addition to a base
wage, we provide collectors with the opportunity to receive
unlimited compensation through an incentive compensation program
that pays bonuses above a set monthly base, based upon each
collectors collection results. This program is designed to
ensure that employees are paid based not only on performance,
but also on consistency. We believe that these practices have
enabled us to achieve an annual post-training turnover rate of
34%.
A large number of telemarketing, customer-service
and reservation phone centers are located near our Virginia
headquarters. We believe that we offer a higher base wage than
many local employers and therefore have access to a large number
of trained personnel. In addition, there are approximately
100,000 active-duty military personnel in the area. We employ
numerous military spouses and retirees and find them to be
excellent employees. We have also found the Hutchinson, Kansas
area to provide a large potential workforce of trained personnel.
Training
We provide a comprehensive six-week training
program for all new collectors. The first three weeks of the
training program is comprised of lectures to learn collection
techniques, state and federal collection laws, systems,
negotiation skills, skip tracing and telephone use. These
sessions are then followed by an additional three weeks of
practical experience conducting live calls with additional
managerial supervision in order to provide employees with
confidence and guidance while still contributing to our
profitability. Each trainee must successfully pass a
comprehensive examination before being assigned to the
collection floor. In addition, we conduct continuing advanced
classes in our four training centers. Our technology and systems
allow us to monitor individual employees and then offer
additional training in areas of deficiency
49
Legal
Legal Recovery Department
An important component of our collections effort
involves our legal recovery department and the judicial
collection of accounts of customers who have the ability, but
not the willingness, to resolve their obligations. Our legal
recovery department oversees and coordinates an independent
nationwide attorney network which is responsible for the
preparation and filing of judicial collection proceedings in
multiple jurisdictions, determining the suit criteria,
coordinating sales of property and instituting wage garnishments
to satisfy judgments. This nationwide collections attorney
network consists of approximately 70 independent law firms. Our
legal recovery department also submits claims against estates in
cases involving deceased debtors having assets at the time of
death, and processes proofs of claims for recovery on accounts
which are included in consumer bankruptcies filed under
Chapter 13 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Recent proposed
amendments to federal bankruptcy laws, if passed, will very
likely have an impact upon our operations. The amendments,
which, among other things, establish income criteria for the
filing of a Chapter 7 bankruptcy petition, are expected to
cause more debtors to file bankruptcy petitions under
Chapter 13, rather than Chapter 7 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code. Consequently, we expect that fewer debtors will
be able to have their obligations completely discharged in
Chapter 7 bankruptcy actions, and will instead enter into
the payment plans required by Chapter 13. We expect that
this will enable us to generate recoveries from a larger number
of bankrupt debtors through the filing of proofs of claims with
bankruptcy trustees.
Corporate Legal Department
Our corporate legal department manages general
corporate legal matters, including litigation management,
contract and document preparation and review, regulatory and
statutory compliance, obtaining and maintaining multi-state
licensing, bonding and insurance, and dispute and complaint
resolution. As a part of its compliance functions, our corporate
legal department also assists with training our staff. We
provide employees with extensive training on the Fair Debt
Collection Practices Act and other relevant laws and
regulations. Our corporate legal department distributes
guidelines and procedures for collection personnel to follow
when communicating with a customer, customers agents,
attorneys and other parties during our recovery efforts. In
addition, our corporate legal department regularly researches,
and provides collection personnel and the training department
with summaries and updates of changes in federal and state
statutes and relevant case law, so that they are aware of new
laws and judicial interpretations of applicable requirements and
laws when tracing or collecting an account.
Regulation
Federal and state statutes establish specific
guidelines and procedures which debt collectors must follow when
collecting consumer accounts. It is our policy to comply with
the provisions of all applicable federal laws and comparable
state statutes in all of our recovery activities, even in
circumstances in which we may not be specifically subject to
these laws. Our failure to comply with these laws could have a
material adverse effect on us in the event and to the extent
that they apply to some or all of our recovery activities.
Federal and state consumer protection, privacy and related laws
and regulations extensively regulate the relationship between
debt collectors and debtors, and the relationship between
customers and credit card issuers. Significant federal laws and
regulations applicable to our business as a debt collector
include the following:
50
Additionally, there are in some states statutes
and regulations comparable to the above federal laws, and
specific licensing requirements which affect our operations.
State laws may also limit credit account interest rates and the
fees, as well as limit the time frame in which judicial actions
may be initiated to enforce the collection of consumer accounts.
Although we are not a credit originator, some of
these laws directed toward credit originators may occasionally
affect our operations because our receivables were originated
through credit transactions, such as the following laws, which
apply principally to credit originators:
Federal laws which regulate credit originators
require, among other things, that credit card issuers disclose
to consumers the interest rates, fees, grace periods, and
balance calculation methods associated with their credit card
accounts. Consumers are entitled under current laws to have
payments and credits applied to their accounts promptly, to
receive prescribed notices, and to require billing errors to be
resolved promptly. Some laws prohibit discriminatory practices
in connection with the extension of credit. Federal statutes
further provide that, in some cases, consumers cannot be held
liable for, or their liability is limited with respect to,
charges to the credit card account that were a result of an
unauthorized use of the credit card. These laws, among others,
may give consumers a legal cause of action against us, or may
limit our
51
The U.S. Congress and several states are
currently in the process of enacting legislation concerning
identity theft. Additional consumer protection and privacy
protection laws may be enacted that would impose additional
requirements on the enforcement of and recovery on consumer
credit card or installment accounts. Any new laws, rules or
regulations that may be adopted, as well as existing consumer
protection and privacy protection laws, may adversely affect our
ability to recover the receivables. In addition, our failure to
comply with these requirements could adversely affect our
ability to enforce the receivables.
We cannot assure you that some of the receivables
were not established as a result of identity theft or
unauthorized use of a credit card and, accordingly, we could not
recover the amount of the defaulted consumer receivables. As a
purchaser of defaulted consumer receivables, we may acquire
receivables subject to legitimate defenses on the part of the
consumer. Our account purchase contracts allow us to return to
the credit originators certain defaulted consumer receivables
that may not be collectible, due to these and other
circumstances. Upon return, the credit originators are required
to replace the receivables with similar receivables or
repurchase the receivables. These provisions limit to some
extent our losses on such accounts.
Facilities
Our principal executive offices and primary
operations facility are located in approximately 40,000 square
feet of leased space in Norfolk, Virginia and we rent two
administrative facilities in Virginia Beach, Virginia that are
each approximately 2,500 square feet. Our Virginia facilities
can currently accommodate approximately 550 employees. We own a
two-acre parcel of land across from our headquarters which we
developed into a parking lot for use by our employees. In
addition, we own an approximately 15,000 square foot facility in
Hutchinson, Kansas that can currently accommodate approximately
100 employees. We are also in the process of seeking to secure
one or more additional facilities in Virginia to accommodate an
additional 250 to 300 employees. We do not consider any specific
leased or owned facility to be material to our operations. We
believe that equally suitable alternative facilities are
available in all areas where we currently do business.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we are involved in various
legal proceedings which are incidental to the ordinary course of
our business. We regularly initiate lawsuits against consumers
and are occasionally countersued by them in such actions. Also,
consumers occasionally initiate litigation against us, in which
they allege that we have violated a state or federal law in the
process of collecting on their account. We do not believe that
these routine matters represent a substantial volume of our
accounts or that, individually or in the aggregate, they are
material to our business or financial condition.
We have agreed to mediate a dispute concerning
our acquisition of a receivables portfolio. We currently
anticipate that the outcome of this mediation, even if adverse,
will not have a material adverse impact on us.
We are not a party to any material legal
proceedings and we are unaware of any contemplated material
actions against us.
52
(1)
Includes cash collections on finance receivables
only. Excludes commission fees and cash proceeds from sales of
defaulted consumer receivables.
pursue collections over multi-year periods;
tailor flexible repayment plans based on a
consumers ability to pay; and
utilize cumulative experience and resources,
including litigation, reflecting their strategic focus on
maximizing collections of defaulted receivables as their core
business.
Finance
Receivables,
No. of
Face Value of Defaulted
net as of
Asset Type
Accounts
%
Consumer Receivables
%
June 30, 2002
%
788,193
52.8
%
$
2,838,080,351
68.0
%
$
32,138,015
63.0
%
232,982
15.6
519,715,923
12.5
4,717,012
9.2
462,924
31.0
784,802,399
18.8
14,200,071
27.8
8,643
0.6
27,557,659
0.7
4
0.0
1,492,742
100.0
%
$
4,170,156,332
100.0
%
$
51,055,102
100.0
%
Finance
Receivables,
No. of
Face Value of Defaulted
net as of
Account Type
Accounts
%
Consumer Receivables
%
June 30, 2002
%
111,945
7.5
%
$
407,881,470
9.8
%
$
7,360,865
14.4
%
318,281
21.3
1,107,552,545
26.6
15,244,209
29.9
644,725
43.2
1,509,814,635
36.2
23,001,231
45.1
243,351
16.3
601,177,224
14.4
3,190,451
6.2
174,440
11.7
543,730,458
13.0
2,258,346
4.4
1,492,742
100.0
%
$
4,170,156,332
100.0
%
$
51,055,102
100.0
%
No. of
Face Value of Defaulted
Geographic Distribution
Accounts
%
Consumer Receivables
%
167,665
11
%
$
518,735,166
12
%
178,616
12
495,065,527
12
139,696
9
412,434,098
10
116,256
8
366,749,602
9
64,708
4
180,462,342
4
45,729
3
141,946,362
3
43,156
3
130,150,283
3
48,270
3
128,500,519
3
46,529
3
119,607,248
3
46,343
3
114,892,653
3
39,958
3
103,271,521
2
39,728
3
101,593,767
2
26,380
2
79,199,124
2
28,038
2
74,644,900
2
28,283
2
69,678,497
2
26,306
2
69,028,011
2
19,501
1
66,958,612
2
22,296
1
64,391,227
2
25,346
2
63,663,770
2
339,938
23
869,183,101
20
%
(1)
1,492,742
100
%
$
4,170,156,332
100
%
(1)
Each state included in Other
represents under 2% of the face value of total defaulted
consumer receivables.
Redundancy, System Backup, Security and
Disaster Recovery
Plasma Displays for Real Time Data
Utilization
Fair Debt Collection Practices Act.
This act imposes certain obligations
and restrictions on the practices of debt collectors, including
specific restrictions regarding communications with consumer
customers, including the time, place and manner of the
communications. This act also gives consumers certain rights,
including the right to dispute the validity of their obligations.
Fair Credit Reporting Act.
This act places certain requirements
on credit information providers regarding verification of the
accuracy of information provided to credit reporting agencies
and investigating consumer disputes concerning the accuracy of
such information. We provide information concerning our accounts
to the three major credit reporting agencies, and it is our
practice to correctly report this information and to investigate
credit reporting disputes.
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.
This act requires that certain
financial institutions, including collection agencies, develop
policies to protect the privacy of consumers private
financial information and provide notices to consumers advising
them of their privacy policies. This act also requires that if
private personal information concerning a consumer is shared
with another unrelated institution, the consumer must be given
an opportunity to opt out of having such information shared.
Since we do not share consumer information with non-related
entities, except as required by law, or except as needed to
collect on the receivables, our consumers are not entitled to
any opt-out rights under this act. This act is enforced by the
Federal Trade Commission, which has retained exclusive
jurisdiction over its enforcement, and does not afford a private
cause of action to consumers who may wish to pursue legal action
against a financial institution for violations of this act.
Electronic Funds Transfer Act.
This act regulates the use of the
Automated Clearing House (ACH) system to make
electronic funds transfers. All ACH transactions must comply
with the rules of the National Automated Check Clearing House
Association (NACHA) and Uniform Commercial
Code § 3-402. This act, the NACHA regulations and
the Uniform Commercial Code give the consumer, among other
things, certain privacy rights with respect to the transactions,
the right to stop payments on a pre-approved fund transfer, and
the right to receive certain documentation of the transaction.
This act also gives consumers a right to sue institutions which
cause financial damages as a result of their failure to comply
with its provisions.
Telephone Consumer Protection Act.
In the process of collecting accounts,
we use automated predictive dialers to place calls to consumers.
This act and similar state laws place certain restrictions on
telemarketers and users of automated dialing equipment who place
telephone calls to consumers.
U.S. Bankruptcy Code.
In order to prevent any collection
activity with bankrupt debtors by creditors and collection
agencies, the U.S. Bankruptcy Code provides for an automatic
stay, which prohibits certain contacts with consumers after the
filing of bankruptcy petitions.
Truth in Lending Act;
Fair Credit Billing Act; and
Equal Credit Opportunity Act.
MANAGEMENT
Directors and Executive Officers
The following table sets forth certain
information about our directors and executive officers.
It is currently anticipated that three additional
directors, all of whom will be independent under current and
proposed SEC and Nasdaq Stock Market regulations, will be
appointed to our board of directors shortly after the closing of
this offering.
Steven D. Fredrickson, President, Chief
Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board.
Prior to co-founding Portfolio
Recovery Associates in 1996, Mr. Fredrickson was Vice
President, Director of Household Recovery Services
(HRSC) Portfolio Services Group from late 1993 until
February 1996. At HRSC Mr. Fredrickson was ultimately
responsible for HRSCs portfolio sale and purchase
programs, finance and accounting, as well as other functional
areas. Prior to joining HRSC, he spent five years with Household
Commercial Financial Services managing a national commercial
real estate workout team and five years with Continental Bank of
Chicago as a member of the FDIC workout department, specializing
in corporate and real estate workouts. He received a B.S. degree
from the University of Denver and a M.B.A. degree from the
University of Illinois. He is a past board member of the
American Asset Buyers Association.
Kevin P. Stevenson, Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary.
Prior to co-founding Portfolio
Recovery Associates in 1996, Mr. Stevenson served as
Controller and Department Manager of Financial Control and
Operations Support at HRSC from June 1994 to March 1996,
supervising a department of approximately 30 employees.
Prior to joining HRSC, he served as Controller of Household
Banks Regional Processing Center in Worthington, Ohio
where he also managed the collections, technology, research and
ATM departments. While at Household Bank, Mr. Stevenson
participated in eight bank acquisitions and numerous branch
acquisitions or divestitures. He is a certified public
accountant and received his B.S.B.A. with a major in accounting
from the Ohio State University.
Craig A. Grube, Senior Vice
President Acquisitions.
Prior to joining Portfolio Recovery
Associates in March 1998, Mr. Grube was a senior officer
and director of Anchor Fence, Inc., a manufacturing and
distribution business from 1989 to March 1997, when the company
was sold. Between the time of the sale and March 1998,
Mr. Grube continued to work for Anchor Fence. Prior to
joining Anchor Fence, he managed distressed corporate debt for
the FDIC at Continental Illinois National Bank for five years.
He received his B.A. degree from Boston College and his M.B.A.
degree from the University of Illinois.
Andrew J. Holmes, Senior Vice
President Administration.
Prior to co-founding Portfolio
Recovery Associates in 1996, Mr. Holmes was a 27-year
veteran of Household Finance Corporation (HFC), last
serving as Department Manager, Specialty Services at HRSC where
he was responsible for portfolio sales and purchases.
Mr. Holmes held a variety of management positions both in
the lending and collection/recovery sides of various HFC
businesses. He received his B.A. degree from St. Peters
College.
53
James L. Keown, Senior Vice
President Information Technology.
Prior to co-founding Portfolio
Recovery Associates in 1996, Mr. Keown had been with HRSC
for 14 years and had sales and finance experience prior to
joining HRSC. Mr. Keowns final position at HRSC was
Department Manager, Technology Service where he was directly
responsible for a 275 node local area network, all phone
and data communications, as well as performance engineering and
applications programming.
Judith S. Scott, Senior Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary.
Prior
to joining Portfolio Recovery Associates in March 1998,
Ms. Scott held senior positions, from 1991 to March 1998,
with Old Dominion University as Director of its Virginia
Peninsula campus, from 1985 to 1991, as General Counsel of a
computer manufacturing firm; as Senior Counsel in the Office of
the Governor of Virginia from 1982 to 1985; as Senior Counsel
for the Virginia Housing Development Authority from 1976 to
1982, and as Assistant Attorney General for the Commonwealth of
Virginia from 1975 to 1976. Ms. Scott received her B.S.
from Virginia State University, a post baccalaureate degree from
Swarthmore College, and a J.D. from the Catholic University
School of Law.
David N. Roberts, Director.
Mr. Roberts has been a director
of Portfolio Recovery Associates since its formation in 1996.
Mr. Roberts joined Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P. in 1993.
He manages the firms private equity and special situations
area and was the founder of the firms opportunistic real
estate area. Mr. Roberts has invested in a wide variety of
real estate, corporate and special situations transactions.
Prior to joining Angelo Gordon, Mr. Roberts was a principal
at Gordon Investment Corporation, a Canadian merchant bank from
1989 to 1993, where he participated in a wide variety of
principal transactions including investments in the real estate,
mortgage banking and food industries. Prior to joining Gordon
Investment Corporation, he worked in the Corporate Finance
Department of L.F. Rothschild where he specialized in mergers
and acquisitions. He has a B.S. degree in economics from the
Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.
Compensation of Directors
The non-employee members of the board of
directors will receive compensation of $3,750 per quarter for
their service on the board of directors. Directors who are
employees will not receive any compensation for services
performed in their capacity as directors. We will reimburse each
director for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in
attending meetings of the board of directors and any of its
committees. In addition, directors who are not employees will be
eligible to receive options under our 2002 Stock Option Plan.
Under this plan, eligible directors may receive an option to
purchase 5,000 shares of our common stock upon becoming a
director (or in the case of Mr. Roberts, at the time of
this offering) and additional shares on each anniversary of that
date. Upon the appointment of three new directors, we intend to
grant options to purchase in aggregate 20,000 shares of our
common stock, with an exercise price equal to the then current
market price per share, to our four non-employee directors.
Committees of the Board of Directors
Upon the appointment of our independent
directors, our board of directors will maintain a standing audit
committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and
corporate governance committee. The audit committee will be
responsible for recommending to the full board of directors the
appointment of our independent accountants and reviewing with
those accountants the scope of their audit and their report. The
audit committee will also review and evaluate our accounting
principles and system of internal accounting controls. The
compensation committee will be responsible for acting on matters
relating to the compensation of directors, senior management and
key employees, including the granting of stock options. The
nominating and corporate governance committee will be
responsible for making recommendations to the full board of
directors with respect to director nominees and monitoring
corporate governance and ethical issues.
54
Name
Position
Age
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
of the Board
43
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer,
Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
38
Senior Vice President Acquisitions
42
Senior Vice President Administration
55
Senior Vice President Information
Technology
45
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary
57
Director
40
Executive Compensation
The following table sets forth, for the years
ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001, all compensation
earned for services rendered in all capacities by our chief
executive officer and each of our other top four executive
officers whose salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 in 2001. These
five officers are referred to as the named executive
officers in this prospectus. The compensation table
excludes other compensation in the form of perquisites and other
personal benefits that constitute the lesser of $50,000 or 10%
of the total annual salary and bonus earned by each of the named
executive officers in 2001. In addition, the compensation
described in this table does not include medical, group life
insurance or other benefits which are available generally to all
of our salaried employees.
Summary Compensation Table
Employment Agreements
The following describe the employment agreements
which we expect to enter into with each of the named executive
officers soon after the consummation of this offering. All of
such agreements will be effective as of the date of consummation
of this offering.
Steven D. Fredricksons employment agreement
will expire on December 31, 2005.
Mr. Fredricksons agreement will provide for a base
salary of $190,000 per year for the first year and a four
percent increase each subsequent year. Mr. Fredrickson will
be eligible for an annual cash incentive bonus based on our
management bonus program. Mr. Fredrickson will receive
options to purchase 190,000 shares of our common stock which, in
accordance with his employment agreement, will vest immediately
upon a change of control. The agreement will also contain
confidentiality provisions, a one year non-compete covenant and
a two year non-solicitation covenant. If we terminate
Mr. Fredrickson without cause or if Mr. Fredrickson
terminates his employment within six months following a change
of control, he would receive a severance package that would
include a lump-sum payment equal to (w) his then current
base salary, target bonus compensation and accrued vacation pay
through the date of such termination, (x) the greater of a
lump-sum payment equal to two times his then current base salary
or the minimum base
55
James L. Keowns employment agreement will
expire on December 31, 2005. Mr. Keowns
agreement will provide for a base salary of $105,000 per year
for the first year and a four percent increase each subsequent
year. Mr. Keown will be eligible for an annual cash
incentive bonus based on our management bonus program. The
agreement will also contain confidentiality provisions, a one
year non-compete covenant and a two year non-solicitation
covenant. If we terminate Mr. Keown without cause or if
Mr. Keown terminates his employment within six months
following a change of control, he would receive a severance
package that would include a lump-sum payment equal to
(w) his then current base salary, target bonus compensation
and accrued vacation pay through the date of such termination,
(x) the greater of a lump-sum payment equal to one times
his then current base salary or the minimum base salary due
under the remaining term of his employment agreement,
(y) the greater of a lump-sum payment equal to one times
the amount of the bonus compensation, if any, paid to him in the
year immediately prior to the year of termination or the target
bonus compensation due under the remaining term of the
employment agreement (whether or not the target is actually met)
and (z) certain benefits, including payment for COBRA benefits
for the longer of three months or the remaining term of his
employment agreement. In the event that Mr. Keowns
employment agreement is not renewed, he would receive a
severance package that would include (i) a lump sum payment
equal to his then remaining base salary, target bonus
compensation and accrued vacation pay through the term renewal
date, (ii) a lump sum payment equal to one-quarter times
his then current base salary and (iii) certain benefits,
including payment for COBRA benefits for three months.
Craig A. Grubes employment agreement will
expire on December 31, 2005. Mr. Grubes
agreement will provide for a base salary of $120,000 per year
for the first year and a four percent increase each subsequent
year. Mr. Grube will be eligible for an annual cash
incentive bonus based on our management bonus program.
Mr. Grube will receive options to purchase 105,000 shares
of our common stock which, in accordance with his employment
agreement, will vest immediately upon a change of control. The
agreement will also contain confidentiality provisions, a one
year non-compete covenant and a two year non-solicitation
covenant. If we terminate Mr. Grube without cause or if
Mr. Grube terminates his employment within six months
following a change of control, he would receive a severance
package that would include a lump-sum payment equal to
(w) his then current base salary, target bonus compensation
and accrued vacation pay through the date of such termination,
(x) the greater of a lump-sum payment equal to two times
his then current base salary or the minimum base salary due
under the remaining term of his employment agreement,
(y) the greater of a lump-sum payment equal to two times
the amount of the bonus compensation, if any, paid to him in the
year immediately prior to the year of termination or the target
bonus compensation due under the remaining term of the
employment agreement (whether or not the target is actually met)
and (z) certain benefits, including payment for COBRA benefits
for the longer of 12 months or the remaining term of his
employment agreement. In the event that Mr. Grubes
employment agreement is not renewed, he would receive a
severance package that would include (i) a lump sum payment
equal to his then remaining base salary, target bonus
compensation and accrued vacation pay through the term renewal
date, (ii) a lump sum payment equal to one times his then
current base salary and (iii) certain benefits, including
payment for COBRA benefits for 12 months.
Kevin P. Stevensons employment agreement
will expire on December 31, 2005. Mr. Stevensons
agreement will provide for a base salary of $120,000 per year
for the first year and a four percent increase
56
Andrew J. Holmes employment agreement will
expire on December 31, 2005. Mr. Holmes
agreement will provide for a base salary of $94,640 per year for
the first year and a four percent increase each subsequent year.
Mr. Holmes will be eligible for an annual cash incentive
bonus based on our management bonus program. The agreement will
also contain confidentiality provisions, a one year non-compete
covenant and a two year non-solicitation covenant. If we
terminate Mr. Holmes without cause or if Mr. Holmes
terminates his employment within six months following a change
of control, he would receive a severance package that would
include a lump-sum payment equal to (w) his then current
base salary, target bonus compensation and accrued vacation pay
through the date of such termination, (x) the greater of a
lump-sum payment equal to one times his then current base salary
or the minimum base salary due under the remaining term of his
employment agreement, (y) the greater of a lump-sum payment
equal to one times the amount of the bonus compensation, if any,
paid to him in the year immediately prior to the year of
termination or the target bonus compensation due under the
remaining term of the employment agreement (whether or not the
target is actually met) and (z) certain benefits, including
payment for COBRA benefits for the longer of three months or the
remaining term of his employment agreement. In the event that
Mr. Holmes employment agreement is not renewed, he
would receive a severance package that would include (i) a
lump sum payment equal to his then remaining base salary, target
bonus compensation and accrued vacation pay through the term
renewal date, (ii) a lump sum payment equal to one-quarter
times his then current base salary and (iii) certain
benefits, including payment for COBRA benefits for three months.
2002 Stock Option Plan
Our 2002 Stock Option Plan will become effective
prior to the closing of this offering. We believe that the plan
will promote our success and enhance our value by linking the
personal interests of participants to those of our stockholders
and providing an incentive for outstanding performance.
Under the plan, we may grant nonqualified or
incentive stock options to our officers, directors, employees
and key consultants. The plan will be administered by our
compensation committee. The compensation committee will have
authority to administer the plan, including the power to
determine eligibility, the types and sizes of options, the price
and timing of options, and any vesting, including acceleration
of vesting, of options.
An aggregate of 2,000,000 shares of our
common stock will be available for grant under the plan, subject
to a proportionate increase or decrease in the event of a stock
split, reverse stock split, stock
57
The members of the board of directors have
previously approved the grant of options to the following
executive officers at an exercise price equal to the initial
public offering price as shown in the following table:
Upon the appointment of independent directors and
the formation of a compensation committee, options will be
granted to our non-employee directors as described under the
caption Compensation of Directors above. The plan
will be approved by the members of Portfolio Recovery
Associates, L.L.C. in connection with the Reorganization. The
compensation committee may terminate or amend the plan to the
extent stockholder approval is not required by law. Termination
or amendment will not adversely affect options previously
granted under the plan.
Indemnification of Directors and
Officers
We are obligated in some situations, under our
certificate of incorporation and by-laws to indemnify each of
our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by
Delaware law. We must indemnify our directors and officers with
respect to all expenses, liability and losses reasonably
incurred or suffered in any action, suit or proceeding in which
the person was or is made or threatened to be made a party or is
otherwise involved by reason of the fact that the person is or
was our director or officer. We are obligated to pay the
reasonable expenses of the directors or officers incurred in
defending the proceedings if the indemnified party agrees to
repay all amounts advanced by us if it is ultimately determined
that the indemnified party is not entitled to indemnification.
We also maintain customary insurance covering directors and
officers. See Description of Capital Stock
Limitations on Liability of Officers and Directors.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED
TRANSACTIONS
On December 30, 1999, we entered into a
$12.5 million credit agreement with AG PRA 1999 Funding
Co., LLC (AG 1999) that expired on June 30,
2002. Terms of the agreement included the possibility of AG 1999
earning contingent interest. AG 1999 is owned by affiliates of
Angelo Gordon, our majority stockholder, and by Steven
Fredrickson, Craig Grube and David Roberts. Over the term of the
agreement we borrowed $6.6 million. In December 2001, we
paid off all outstanding loans under this agreement and incurred
an expense of $300,000 to extinguish the contingent interest
provision. In addition, in accordance with this agreement we
granted AG 1999 warrants to purchase 125,000 membership
units of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. which were
immediately exercisable for $3.60 per unit. This agreement with
AG 1999 expired on June 30, 2002. In connection with
the Reorganization, warrants issued to AG 1999 were
exchanged for comparable warrants to purchase
125,000 shares of our common stock, which were immediately
exercisable for $3.60 per share.
PRA Investments, L.L.C., one of our principal
stockholders, was formed in March 1999 in order to make an
investment in our equity. PRA Investments, L.L.C. is a
single-investment entity and has never invested or held
securities other than the membership units of Portfolio Recovery
Associates, L.L.C. and shares of our common stock. Angelo Gordon
is the managing member of PRA Investments, L.L.C. and owns 1.1%
of its outstanding membership interests.
58
David N. Roberts, one of our directors, is a
limited partner of the entity which is a general partner of
Angelo Gordon, one of our principal stockholders. As a limited
partner in such entity, Mr. Roberts maintains an indirect
economic interest in Angelo Gordon, but does not exercise voting
or investment power over the shares beneficially owned by PRA
Investments, L.L.C., Angelo Gordon or the entity of which he is
a limited partner.
With respect to related party transactions we
require that written agreements are negotiated and executed
between the related party and us. Prior to execution, any such
agreement must be reviewed and approved by our board of
directors. The agreement discussed above was entered into after
arms length negotiations between the related party and us.
59
Long-Term
Compensation
Annual Compensation
Securities
Underlying
Name and Principal Position
Year
Salary($)
Bonus($)
Warrants(#)
(1)
2001
181,311
69,750
President, Chief Executive Officer and
2000
136,288
48,240
35,000
Chairman of the Board
1999
131,684
40,930
600,000
2001
122,973
31,750
Senior Vice President Information
Technology
2000
101,246
26,685
1999
96,945
25,581
230,000
2001
109,026
47,250
Senior Vice President Acquisitions
2000
95,999
30,791
15,000
1999
85,133
18,479
300,000
2001
108,937
47,250
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer,
2000
96,618
35,923
15,000
Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
1999
87,203
32,774
440,000
2001
123,288
19,150
Senior Vice President Administration
2000
102,060
13,599
1999
99,200
13,302
200,000
(1)
In connection with the Reorganization, warrants
owned by the named executive officers as shown in the above
table will be exchanged for warrants to purchase the same number
of shares of our common stock with the same respective exercise
price. 2,110,000 warrants are immediately exercisable and have
an exercise price of $4.20 per share.
Name
Number of Shares
190,000
105,000
105,000
10,000
25,000
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table contains information about
the beneficial ownership of our common stock before and after
our initial public offering for:
The percentage ownership in the following table
is based on shares of common stock outstanding on
August 31, 2002, after giving effect to the Reorganization.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance
with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by footnote and
subject to community property laws where applicable, to our
knowledge the persons named in the table below have sole voting
and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock
shown as beneficially owned by them. In computing the number of
shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage
ownership of that person, all outstanding warrants are deemed
outstanding, while such warrants are not deemed outstanding for
purposes of computing percentage ownership of any other person.
60
61
each stockholder known by us to own beneficially
more than 5% of our common stock;
each of our directors;
each of our named executive officers; and
all directors and executive officers as a group.
Percent
beneficially
Number of
owned
shares
beneficially
Before
After
Name of beneficial owner
owned
offering
offering
(1)
6,051,166
60.5
%
44.9
%
(2)
2,834,667
28.3
%
21.0
%
968,149
9.1
%
6.9
%
556,900
5.3
%
4.0
%
404,525
3.9
%
2.9
%
464,463
4.6
%
3.4
%
494,463
4.8
%
3.6
%
10,000
*
*
2,500
*
*
2,901,000
24.5
%
18.9
%
*
Less than 1%.
(1)
Assumes no exercise of the over-allotment option.
(2)
PRA Investments, L.L.C. has granted the
underwriters the option to purchase up to an additional 520,500
shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting
discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus
to cover over-allotments.
(3)
Includes 67,833 shares, or 0.68%, indirectly
owned by Angelo Gordon through its investment in PRA
Investments, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, and
immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 21,000 shares
issued to AG 1999. See Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions. Excludes 5,983,333 shares, or 59.83%, held
by PRA Investments, L.L.C. but not owned by Angelo Gordon.
Mr. Roberts, one of our directors, is an employee of Angelo
Gordon but does not exercise voting or investment power over the
shares beneficially owned by PRA Investments, L.L.C. or Angelo
Gordon. PRA Investments, L.L.C. is the selling stockholder in
this offering.
(4)
Includes immediately exercisable warrants to
purchase 636,000 shares, including warrants to purchase 1,000
shares issued to AG 1999. See Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions.
(5)
Includes immediately exercisable warrants to
purchase 455,000 shares.
(6)
Includes immediately exercisable warrants to
purchase 317,000 shares, including warrants to purchase 2,000
shares issued to AG 1999. See Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions.
(7)
Includes immediately exercisable warrants to
purchase 200,000 shares.
(8)
Includes immediately exercisable warrants to
purchase 230,000 shares.
(9)
Includes immediately exercisable warrants to
purchase 7,500 shares.
(10)
Does not include any shares owned by Angelo
Gordon or PRA Investments, L.L.C., but includes immediately
exercisable warrants to purchase 2,500 shares issued to AG 1999.
See Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.
(11)
Includes immediately exercisable warrants to
purchase 1,848,000 shares, including warrants to purchase 5,500
shares issued to AG 1999. See Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions.
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
General
Upon the closing of this offering and the filing
of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our
authorized capital stock will consist of 30,000,000 shares of
common stock, $0.01 par value share, and 2,000,000 shares of
preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. After giving effect
to the Reorganization, but before giving effect to the sale of
shares by us or the selling stockholder pursuant to this
offering, upon the closing of this offering, there were
outstanding 10,000,000 shares of our common stock, held of
record by 14 stockholders, and outstanding warrants to purchase
2,235,000 shares of our common stock.
The following description of our capital stock is
qualified in its entirety by reference to our certificate of
incorporation, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Common Stock
We have a single class of common stock. Holders
of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all
matters submitted to a vote of stockholders generally.
Stockholders have no right to cumulate their votes in the
election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any
election of directors may elect all of the directors standing
for election. Our certificate of incorporation gives the holders
of our common stock no preemptive or other subscription or
conversion rights, and there are no redemption provisions with
respect to the shares. All outstanding shares of our common
stock are, and the shares offered hereby will be, when issued
and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
Preferred Stock
Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the
board of directors at any time, and from time to time, to issue
shares of preferred stock in one or more series, with such
designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional
or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or
restrictions thereof, as the board of directors may determine,
subject to the limitations prescribed by law and the certificate
of incorporation. If any shares of preferred stock are issued, a
certificate of designation, setting forth the series of such
preferred stock and the rights, privileges and limitations of
the holders of the preferred stock will be filed with the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.
Warrants
In March 1999, in connection with an internal
reorganization of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.,
warrants to purchase 2,000,000 membership units were issued and
additional warrants to purchase 235,000 membership units were
since issued and are outstanding. Exercise prices of the
warrants ranged from $3.60 to $10.00 at a weighted average
exercise price of $4.30 per share. In connection with the
Reorganization, all of the issued and outstanding warrants will
be exchanged by the respective holders for comparable warrants
to purchase an aggregate of 2,235,000 shares of our common stock
at the same respective exercise prices. Due to this offering,
the vesting period for most of these warrants will be
accelerated and the outstanding warrants will be exercisable
upon the closing of this offering. The total number of warrants
that will not vest is 125,000; 75,000 of which were granted in
2001 and 50,000 of which were granted in 2002. For the warrants
that do accelerate due to this offering, this will result in a
$15,000 expense being incurred in fiscal 2002, instead of 2003
and 2004 which would have been called for under the normal
vesting schedule. We will expense those in accordance with SFAS
No. 123.
Options
Our 2002 Stock Option Plan will become effective
at the closing of this offering. A total of 2,000,000 authorized
shares of common stock are reserved for issuance under the plan.
Under the plan we may grant
62
Limitations on Liability of Officers and
Directors
Our certificate of incorporation provides that
our directors shall not be personally liable to us or our
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty
as a director, except for liability for:
Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws also
provide for indemnification of our officers and directors to the
fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including some
instances in which indemnification is otherwise discretionary
under Delaware law. We believe that these provisions are
essential to attracting and retaining qualified persons as
directors and officers.
There is no pending litigation or proceeding
involving any of our directors or officers as to which
indemnification is being sought. In addition, we are not aware
of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for
indemnification by any officer or director.
Restrictive Provisions of By-laws and
Certificate of Incorporation
Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws
contain provisions that may make it more difficult, expensive or
otherwise discourage a tender offer or a change in control or
takeover attempt by a third-party, even if such a transaction
would be beneficial to our stockholders. The existence of these
provisions may have a negative impact on the price of our common
stock by discouraging third-party investors from purchasing our
common stock. In particular, our certificate of incorporation
and by-laws include provisions that:
63
Our certificate of incorporation also precludes
an interested stockholder, generally a holder of 15% of our
common stock, from engaging in a merger, asset sale or other
business combination with us for a period of three years after
the date of the transaction in which the person became an
interested stockholder, unless one of the following occurs:
In general, our current major stockholders and
their affiliates and transferees are excepted from these
limitations.
Our by-laws require that, subject to certain
exceptions, any stockholder desiring to propose business or
nominate a person to the board of directors at a stockholders
meeting must give notice of any proposals or nominations within
a specified time frame. These provisions may have the effect of
precluding a nomination for the election of directors or the
conduct of business at a particular annual meeting if the proper
procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a
third-party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect
its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain
control of us, even if the conduct of such solicitation or such
attempt might be beneficial to us and our stockholders. For us
to include a proposal in our annual proxy statement, the
proponent and the proposal must comply with the proxy proposal
submission rules of the SEC.
Our certificate of incorporation provides that it
will require the vote of the holders of at least a majority of
the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors to
remove a director and only for cause. In addition, stockholders
can amend or repeal our by-laws only with the vote of the
holders of at least a majority of our outstanding common stock.
In addition, our certificate of incorporation has established
that we will have a classified board of directors. A classified
board is one in which a group or class of directors is elected
on a rotating basis each year. This method of electing directors
makes changes in the composition of the board of directors
lengthier, which consequently would make a change in control of
a corporation a lengthier and more difficult process.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common
stock is Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company.
64
any breach of the directors duty of loyalty
to us or our stockholders;
acts or omissions not in good faith or which
involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
payments of dividends or stock purchases or
redemptions in violation of Section 174 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law; and
any transaction from which the director derived
an improper personal benefit.
classify our board of directors into three
groups, each of which, after an initial transition period, will
serve for staggered three-year terms;
permit a majority of the stockholders to remove
our directors only for cause;
permit our directors, and not our stockholders,
to fill vacancies on our board of directors;
require stockholders to give us advance notice to
nominate candidates for election to our board of directors or to
make stockholder proposals at a stockholders meeting;
permit a special meeting of our stockholders be
called only by approval of a majority of the directors, the
chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer,
the president or the written request of 30% of our stockholders;
permit our board of directors to issue, without
approval of our stockholders, preferred stock with such terms as
our board of directors may determine;
permit the authorized number of directors to be
changed only by a resolution of the board of directors; and
require the vote of the holders of a majority of
our voting shares for stockholder amendments to our by-laws.
prior to the time the stockholder became an
interested stockholder, the board of directors approved either
the business combination or the transaction which resulted in
the person becoming an interested stockholder;
the stockholder owned at least 85% of the
outstanding voting stock of the corporation, excluding shares
held by directors who were also officers or held in certain
employee stock plans, upon consummation of the transaction which
resulted in a stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; and
the business combination was approved by the
board of directors and by two-thirds of the outstanding voting
stock of the corporation, excluding shares held by the
interested stockholder.
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
We will have 13,470,000 shares of common stock
outstanding after this offering. Of those shares, only the
3,470,000 shares of common stock sold in this offering will be
freely transferable without restriction immediately, unless
purchased by persons deemed to be our affiliates as
that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act). The
remaining 10,000,000 shares of common stock to be outstanding
immediately following this offering are restricted
which means they were originally sold in certain types of
offerings that were not subject to a registration statement
filed with the SEC. These restricted shares may only be sold
through registration under the Securities Act or under an
available exemption from registration, such as provided through
Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. In general,
under Rule 144 a person or persons whose shares are
aggregated including an affiliate, who has beneficially owned
the shares for one year or more, may sell in the open market
within any three-month period a number of shares that does not
exceed the greater of:
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to
limitations on the manner of sale, notice requirements and the
availability of our current public information. A person who is
deemed not to have been our affiliate at any time during the
three months preceding a sale by him and who has beneficially
owned his or her shares for at least two years, may sell the
shares in the public market under Rule 144(k) without
regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions,
notice requirements, or the availability of current information
we refer to above. After restricted shares are properly sold in
reliance upon Rule 144, they will be freely tradeable
without restrictions or registration under the Securities Act,
unless thereafter held by one of our affiliates. Due to the
Reorganization, all shares of our common stock outstanding
immediately after this offering (except for the 3,470,000 shares
sold in this offering) shall be deemed to have a new
holding period for purposes of Rule 144.
We have reserved an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares
of common stock for issuance under our 2002 Stock Option Plan
and 2,235,000 shares of common stock for issuance upon exercise
of outstanding warrants. We intend to register the shares
subject to the plan on a registration statement following this
offering. Shares of common stock issued under the plan after the
effective date of any registration statement registering the
shares will be available for sale in the public market without
restriction to the extent they are held by persons who are not
our affiliates, and by affiliates under Rule 144.
The holders of 10,000,000 shares of common stock
outstanding not being sold in this offering have agreed to a
180-day lock-up with respect to these shares. This
generally means they cannot sell these shares during the
180 days following the date of this prospectus. See
Underwriting. After the 180-day lock-up period,
these shares may be sold in accordance with the provisions of
the federal securities laws.
No trading market for the common stock existed
prior to this offering. No prediction can be made as to the
effect, if any, that future sales of shares under Rule 144
or otherwise will have on the market price prevailing from time
to time. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock into the
public market following this offering, or the perception that
these sales could occur, could adversely affect the then
prevailing market price.
65
1% of the then outstanding shares of our common
stock, which would be approximately 134,700 shares immediately
after this offering; or
the average weekly trading volume in the common
stock on the Nasdaq National Market during the four calendar
weeks preceding the sale.
UNDERWRITING
The underwriters named below, for which William
Blair & Company, L.L.C., and U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc.
are acting as representatives, have severally agreed, subject to
the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement
by and among the underwriters, the selling stockholder and us,
to purchase from us and the selling stockholder, the respective
number of shares of common stock set forth opposite each
underwriters name in the table below.
This offering will be underwritten on a firm
commitment basis. In the underwriting agreement, the
underwriters have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions
set forth therein, to purchase the shares of common stock being
sold pursuant this prospectus at a price per share equal to the
public offering price less the underwriting discount specified
on the cover page of this prospectus. According to the terms of
the underwriting agreement, the underwriters either will
purchase all of the shares or none of them. In the event of
default by any underwriter, in certain circumstances, the
purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be
increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. In
the underwriting agreement, we and the selling stockholder have
made certain representations and warranties to the underwriters
and have agreed to indemnify them and their controlling persons
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters
may be required to make in respect thereof.
The representatives of the underwriters have
advised us and the selling stockholder that the underwriters
propose to offer the common stock to the public initially at the
public offering price set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus and to selected dealers at such price less a
concession of not more than
$[ ]
per share. The underwriters may allow, and such dealers may
re-allow, a concession not in excess of
$[ ]
per share to certain other dealers. The underwriters will offer
the shares subject to prior sale and subject to receipt and
acceptance of the shares by the underwriters. The underwriters
may reject any order to purchase shares in whole or in part. The
underwriters expect that we and the selling stockholder will
deliver the shares to the underwriters through the facilities of
The Depository Trust Company in New York, New York on or about
[ ],
2002. At that time, the underwriters will pay us and the selling
stockholder for the shares in immediately available funds. After
commencement of the public offering, the representatives may
change the public offering price and other selling terms.
PRA Investments, L.L.C. has granted the
underwriters an option, exercisable within 30 days after
the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of
520,500 additional shares of common stock at the same price per
share to be paid by the underwriters for the other shares
offered hereby solely for the purpose of covering
over-allotments. If the underwriters purchase any such
additional shares pursuant to this option, each of the
underwriters will be committed to purchase such additional
shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the
table above. The underwriters may exercise the
66
The underwriters have reserved for sale, at the
initial public offering price, up to 104,100 shares of
common stock in this offering for our employees, relatives of
our executive officers, business associates and other possible
third parties. Those receiving these reserved shares will not be
subject to lock-up agreements by virtue of their having
purchased such shares (though an employee could otherwise be
subject to a lock-up agreement as an executive officer).
Purchases of the reserved shares would reduce the number of
shares available for sale to the general public. The
underwriters will offer any reserved shares which are not so
purchased to the general public on the same terms as the other
shares being sold in this offering.
The following table summarizes the compensation
to be paid by us and the selling stockholder to the
underwriters. This information assumes either no exercise or
full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option:
We estimate that our total expenses for this
offering, excluding the underwriting discount, will be
approximately $500,000.
We, each of our directors and executive officers
and Angelo Gordon (on behalf of itself and PRA Investments,
L.L.C.), who in the aggregate have the right of disposition for
9,847,975 shares of common stock, have agreed, subject to
limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date
of this prospectus, not to, without the prior written consent of
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.:
This agreement does not extend to bona fide gifts
to immediate family members of such persons who agree to be
bound by such restrictions, or to limited partners or
stockholders, who agree to be bound by such restrictions. In
determining whether to consent to a transaction prohibited by
these restrictions, the underwriters will take into account
various factors, including the number of shares requested to be
sold, the anticipated manner and timing of sale, the potential
impact of the sale on the market for the common stock, and
market conditions generally. We may grant options and issue
common stock under existing stock option plans and issue
unregistered shares in connection with any outstanding
convertible securities or options during the lock-up period. For
more information, see Shares Eligible for Future
Sale.
The representatives have informed us that the
underwriters will not confirm, without client authorization,
sales to their client accounts as to which they have
discretionary authority. The representatives have also informed
us that the underwriters intend to deliver all copies of this
prospectus
67
In connection with this offering, the
underwriters and other persons participating in this offering
may engage in transactions which affect the market price of the
common stock. These may include stabilizing and over-allotment
transactions and purchases to cover syndicate short positions.
Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases for the
purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the
common stock. An over-allotment involves selling more shares of
common stock in this offering than are specified on the cover
page of this prospectus, which results in a syndicate short
position. The underwriters may cover this short position by
purchasing common stock in the open market or by exercising all
or part of their over-allotment option. In addition, the
representatives may impose a penalty bid. This allows the
representative to reclaim the selling concession allowed to an
underwriter or selling group member if common stock sold by such
underwriter or selling group member in this offering is
repurchased by the representative in stabilizing or syndicate
short covering transactions. These transactions, which may be
effected on the Nasdaq National Market or otherwise, may
stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the
common stock and could cause the price to be higher than it
would be without these transactions. The underwriters and other
participants in this offering are not required to engage in any
of these activities and may discontinue any of these activities
at any time without notice. We, the selling stockholders and the
underwriters make no representation or prediction as to whether
the underwriters will engage in such transactions or choose to
discontinue any transactions engaged in or as to the direction
or magnitude of any effect that these transactions may have on
the price of the common stock.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public
market for our common stock. Consequently, we and
representatives of the underwriters will negotiate to determine
the initial public offering price. We and they will consider
current market conditions, our operating results in recent
periods, the market capitalization of other companies in our
industry and estimates of our potential. The estimated price
range specified on the cover page of this prospectus may change
because of market conditions and other factors.
The selling stockholder is an affiliate of Angelo
Gordon, which is a member of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. (the NASD). Because an
affiliate of an NASD member that has participated in the
preparation of this prospectus may (if the over-allotment option
is exercised) receive some of the proceeds of this offering,
this offering is being conducted in accordance with
Rule 2720 of the NASD. That rule requires that the price at
which our common stock is offered to the public be no higher
than that recommended by a qualified independent
underwriter, as defined by the NASD. William
Blair & Company, L.L.C. has served in that capacity and
performed due diligence investigations and reviewed and
participated in the preparation of this prospectus.
We have applied to list our common stock on the
Nasdaq National Market under the symbol PRAA.
In the ordinary course of business, some of the
underwriters and their affiliates have provided, and may in the
future provide, investment banking, commercial banking and other
services to us for which they have received, and may in the
future receive, customary fees or other compensation.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the common stock offered hereby
has been passed upon for us by Swidler Berlin Shereff Friedman,
LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection
with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by
Sidley Austin Brown & Wood, Chicago, Illinois.
EXPERTS
The financial statements as of December 31,
2000 and 2001 and for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 2001 and as of June 30, 2002 and
for the six months then ended included in
68
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC, a registration
statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, including
the exhibits with the registration statement, with respect to
the shares offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not
contain all the information contained in the registration
statement. For further information with respect to us and shares
to be sold in this offering, we refer you to the registration
statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the
contents of any contract, agreement or other document to which
we make reference are not necessarily complete. In each
instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract, agreement or
other document filed as an exhibit to the registration
statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by the
more complete description of the matter involved.
You may read a copy or any portion of the
registration statement or any reports, statements or other
information we file at the SECs public reference room at
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call
the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the
operation of the public reference room. You can receive copies
of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee by writing
to the SEC. Our SEC filings, including the registration
statement, will also be available to you on the SECs
Internet site at
http://www.sec.gov.
69
Underwriter
Number of Shares
3,470,000
Without
With
Over-
Over-
Per Share
Allotment
Allotment
directly or indirectly, offer, sell (including
short selling), assign, transfer, encumber, pledge,
contract to sell, grant an option to purchase, establish an open
put equivalent position within the meaning of
Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act, or otherwise dispose
of any shares of common stock or securities convertible or
exchangeable into, or exercisable for, common stock held of
record or beneficially owned (within the meaning of
Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act); and
enter any swap or other arrangement that
transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences
associated with the ownership of any common stock.
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
Board of Directors and Stockholders
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated
statements of financial position and the related consolidated
statements of operations and changes in members equity,
and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the
financial position of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. and
its subsidiaries (the Company) at December 31,
2000, December 31, 2001 and June 30, 2002 and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2001 and the
six months ended June 30, 2002 in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Companys management; our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We
conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with
auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of
America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall consolidated financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Harrisburg, PA
F-2
PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL
POSITION
The accompanying notes are an integral part of
these consolidated financial statements.
F-3
PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF
OPERATIONS
The accompanying notes are an integral part of
these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN
MEMBERS EQUITY
The accompanying notes are an integral part of
these financial statements.
F-5
PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH
FLOWS
The accompanying notes are an integral part of
these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
1. Organization
and Business:
Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware
limited liability company (PRA), and its
subsidiaries (collectively, the Company) purchase,
collect and manage portfolios of defaulted consumer receivables.
The defaulted consumer receivables PRA collects are in
substantially all cases either purchased from the credit
originator or are collected on behalf of clients on a commission
fee basis.
On December 22, 1997, PRA formed a wholly
owned subsidiary, PRA II, LLC (PRA II), of
which PRA is the sole initial member. PRA II was organized
for the sole purpose of facilitating the purchase and collection
of portfolios of defaulted or charged-off consumer receivables,
which purchases were originally financed by loans from an
institutional investor. In May 2000, the loan facility from the
institutional investor was paid in full and closed.
On December 22, 1999, PRA formed a wholly
owned subsidiary, PRA AG Funding, LLC (PRA AG
Funding), of which PRA is the sole initial member.
PRA AG Funding is organized for the purpose of facilitating
the purchase of portfolios of defaulted or charged off consumer
credit receivables. Loans from an affiliated lender were paid in
full in December, 2001. PRA AG Funding maintains a
$2.5 million revolving line of credit with RBC Centura
Bank, which extends through 2003. This line of credit had no
amounts outstanding as of June 30, 2002.
On December 28, 1999, PRA formed a wholly
owned subsidiary, PRA Holding I, LLC (PRA
Holding I), of which PRA is the sole initial member.
PRA Holding I as a holder of PRAs real property.
On June 1, 2000, PRA formed a wholly owned
subsidiary, PRA Receivables Management, LLC, d/b/a Anchor
Receivables Management (Anchor), of which PRA is the
sole initial member. Anchor is organized as a contingent fee
collection agency and contracts with holders of finance
receivables to attempt collection efforts on a contingent fee
basis for a stated period of time. Anchor commenced operations
during March 2001.
In July 2000, the Company opened a regional
office in Hutchinson, Kansas. This new office provides the
Company with another time zone presence as well as an additional
labor pool. The Company purchased a building and made necessary
improvements to the location.
On June 12, 2001, PRA formed a wholly owned
subsidiary, PRA III, LLC (PRA III) of
which PRA is the sole initial member. PRA III was organized
for the sole purpose of facilitating the purchase of portfolios
of defaulted or charged-off consumer receivables, which
purchases are financed by loans from an institutional lender.
PRA III is a named borrower under a $40 million loan
facility (see Note 8). In addition, PRA, PRA II, PRA
Holding I, and Anchor, exclusive of Anchors deposits
held for others, are named guarantors.
Cash and cash equivalents:
The Company considers all highly
liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when
purchased to be cash equivalents.
Principles of accounting and consolidation:
The consolidated financial statements
of the Company include the accounts of PRA and its wholly owned
subsidiaries, PRA II, PRA AG Funding, PRA
Holding I, Anchor and PRA III. All significant
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
Finance receivables and income recognition:
The Company accounts for its
investment in finance receivables using the interest method
under the guidance of Practice Bulletin 6,
Amortization of Discounts on Certain Acquired Loans.
Static pools of relatively homogenous accounts are established.
Once a static pool is established, the receivable accounts in
the pool are not changed. Each static pool is
F-7
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
recorded at cost, and is accounted for as a
single unit for the recognition of income, principal payments
and loss provision. Income on finance receivables is accrued
monthly based on each static pools effective interest
rate. This interest rate is estimated based on the timing and
amount of anticipated cash flows using the Companys
proprietary collection model. Monthly cash flows greater than
the interest accrual will reduce the carrying value of the
static pool. Likewise, monthly cash flows that are less than the
monthly accrual will accrete the carrying balance. Each pool is
reviewed monthly and compared to the Companys models to
ensure complete amortization of the carrying balance by the end
of each pools life.
In the event that cash collections would be
inadequate to amortize the carrying balance, an impairment
charge would be taken with a corresponding write-off of the
receivable balance. Accordingly, we do not maintain an allowance
for credit losses.
The agreements to purchase the aforementioned
receivables include general representations and warranties from
the sellers covering account holder death or bankruptcy, and
accounts settled or disputed prior to sale. The representation
and warranty period permitting the return of these accounts from
the Company to the seller is typically 90 to 180 days.
Commissions:
The
Company also receives commission revenue for collections they
make on behalf of clients, which may be credit organizations or
other owners of defaulted consumer receivables. These portfolios
are owned by the clients; however, the collection effort is
outsourced to the Company under a commission fee arrangement
based upon the amount the Company collects. Revenue is
recognized at the time funds are received form clients. A loss
reserve or allowance amount will be created if there is doubt
that fees billed to the client for services rendered will be
paid.
Net gain on cash sales of finance receivables:
Net gain on cash sales of finance
receivables representing the difference between the sales price
and the unamortized value of the finance receivables are
recognized when finance receivables are sold.
The Company applies a financial components
approach that focuses on control when accounting and reporting
for transfers and servicing of financial assets and
extinguishments of liabilities. Under that approach, after a
transfer of financial assets, an entity recognizes the financial
and servicing assets it controls and the liabilities it has
incurred, eliminates financial assets when control has been
surrendered, and eliminates liabilities when extinguished. This
approach provides consistent standards for distinguishing
transfers of financial assets that are sales from transfers that
are secured borrowings.
Property and equipment:
Property and equipment, including
improvements that significantly add to the productive capacity
or extend useful life, are recorded at cost, while maintenance
and repairs are expensed currently. Property and equipment are
depreciated over their useful lives using the straight-line
method of depreciation. Software and computer equipment are
depreciated over three to five years. Furniture and fixtures are
depreciated over five years. Equipment is depreciated over five
to seven years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the
remaining life of the leases, which range from three to five
years. Building Improvements are depreciated over ten to
thirty-nine years.
Advertising costs:
Advertising costs are expensed when
incurred. Total advertising costs are considered immaterial for
separate disclosure and are presented by period:
Operating leases:
General abatements or prepaid leasing costs are recognized on a
straight-line basis over the life of the lease. Any stipulated
escalation clauses that are considered to be reasonable and
ordinary are expensed as incurred.
F-8
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Pro forma earnings per
share:
Basic earnings per share
reflect net income adjusted for pro forma income tax provision
divided by the weighted-average number shares outstanding.
Diluted earnings per share include the effect of dilutive stock
warrants outstanding during the period.
Income taxes:
PRA
and its subsidiaries are limited liability companies. As such,
federal and state tax regulations provide that income for the
Company is includable in the tax return of the capital and
operating members.
Use of estimates:
The preparation of financial
statements in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America requires management to
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts
of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Significant estimates have been made by
management with respect to the estimates of the timing and
amounts of future cash flows of portfolios. Actual results could
differ from these estimates making it reasonably possible that a
change in these estimates could occur within one year. On a
monthly basis, management reviews the estimate of future
collections, and it is reasonably possible that its assessment
of collectibility may change based on actual results and other
factors.
Reclassifications:
Certain 1999, 2000 and 2001 amounts
have been reclassified to conform to the 2002 presentation.
As of December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and
June 30, 2002, the Company had $28,139,051, $41,124,377,
$47,986,744 and $51,055,102, respectively, remaining of finance
receivables. These amounts represent 141, 202, 258 and 292 pools
of accounts as of December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and
June 30, 2002, respectively.
Changes in finance receivables for the periods
ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and June 30,
2002 were as follows:
F-9
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
At the time of acquisition, the life of each pool
is generally set at between 60 and 72 months based upon the
proprietary models of the Company. As of June 30, 2002 the
Company has $51,055,102 in finance receivables included in the
Statement of Financial Position. Based upon current projections,
cash collections applied to principal will be as follows:
The Company rents office space and equipment
under operating leases. Rental expense was $376,759, $698,256,
$777,676 and $411,007 for the years ended December 31,
1999, 2000 and 2001 and the six months ended June 30, 2002.
Future minimum lease payments at June 30,
2002 are as follows:
Leased assets included in property and equipment
consist of the following:
Depreciation expense recognized on capital leases
for the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and
the six months ended June 30, 2002 was $28,441, $79,558,
$238,719 and $131,241, respectively.
F-10
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Commitments for minimum annual rental payments
for these leases as of June 30, 2002 are as follows:
On August 18, 1999, the Company entered into
an agreement (the Modeling Agreement) with an
external third party (the Modeling Company). The
term of the Modeling Agreement was 60 months. In accordance
with the Modeling Agreement, the Modeling Company was
exclusively providing the Company with statistical modeling.
For these services, the Company paid a
combination of fixed and variable charges. The Company
guaranteed a volume of accounts to satisfy the variable
component of the charge. This guaranteed volume was calculated
on a rolling six-month basis.
The Company also awarded the Modeling Company
warrants to acquire 200,000 membership units (see Note 12).
The exercise price is $4.20 per unit. The Company had the right
to terminate this Modeling Agreement at any time with at least
two months prior notice. The Modeling Company had the
right to terminate this Modeling Agreement after 30 months.
The Company terminated the Modeling Agreement on
August 15, 2001 and cancelled warrants to acquire
120,000 membership units previously awarded (see
Note 12).
Effective October 1, 1998, the Company
implemented a defined contribution plan. Under the Plan, all
employees over 21 years of age are eligible to make
voluntary contributions to the Plan up to 15% of their
compensation, subject to Internal Revenue Service limitations,
after completing six months of service, as defined in the Plan.
The Company makes matching contributions of up to 4% of an
employees salary. Such contributions vest immediately.
Total compensation expense related to these contributions was
$68,901, $152,983, $198,627 and $135,407 for the years ended
December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and the six months ended
June 30, 2002, respectively.
F-11
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
8. Revolving
Lines of Credit:
Amounts outstanding under revolving lines of
credit at December 31, 2000 and 2001 and June 30, 2002
were as follows:
On December 30, 1999, PRA AG Funding
borrowed its first loan under the credit facility with
AG PRA 1999 Funding Co., (AG 1999), an
affiliate of Angelo, Gordon & Co. Terms of the credit
facility included the possibility of the lender earning
contingent interest and included the issuance of warrants to
acquire 125,000 units to AG 1999 (see Note 12). In December
2001, PRA AG Funding paid off all outstanding loans under the
credit facility with AG 1999 and incurred an expense of $300,000
to extinguish the contingent interest provision. Of this amount,
$191,741 is considered an early extinguishment of debt pursuant
to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 4 (SFAS
No. 4) Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment
of Debt. The Company incurred interest expense related to
the credit facility of $0, $412,974 and $450,532 during the
years ended December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001, respectively.
The PRA AG Funding has no outstanding liability with AG 1999 at
December 31, 2001 and June 30, 2002. The credit
facilitys expiration date was modified during 2002 to
expire on June 30, 2002. It was subsequently replaced with
another $2.5 million facility with another financial institution
after June 30, 2002.
During May 2000, the Company arranged with a new
commercial lender to provide financing under a revolving line of
credit of up to $20 million. Upon approval of the line of
credit, the Company immediately utilized the initial draw to pay
down the other commercial lenders outstanding balance and
the institutional lenders outstanding balance. This line
of credit was paid in full and terminated on September 18,
2001. The unamortized remaining line of credit acquisition costs
of $231,564 were expensed as an extraordinary loss as this is an
early extinguishment of debt pursuant to SFAS No. 4
Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of
Debt.
F-12
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
On September 18, 2001, PRA III arranged with
a new commercial lender to provide financing under a revolving
line of credit of up to $40 million. The initial draw of
$20 million was utilized to facilitate the purchase of all
the finance receivable portfolios from PRA and PRA II. PRA then
used those funds to terminate the existing line of credit
agreement (May 2000) as described above. An additional
$5 million was drawn to purchase additional portfolios from
third parties in the normal course of business. Restrictive
covenants under this agreement include:
As of June 30, 2002 the Company is in
compliance with all of the covenants of this agreement. Upon
consummation of the reorganization discussed in Note 15, the
Company will need a waiver in order to remain in compliance with
the terms of the agreement.
In addition, PRA AG Funding, LLC maintains a
$2.5 million revolving line of credit, pursuant to an
agreement entered into with RBC Centura Bank and, which extends
through July 2003. The line of credit bears interest at a spread
over LIBOR. The terms of this agreement require that PRA AG
Funding maintain a current ratio of 1.6:1.0 or greater, the
current ratio being defined to include finance receivables as a
current asset and to include the credit facility in place as of
June 30, 2002 as a current liability. The agreement further
requires that PRA AG Funding maintain a debt to tangible net
worth ratio of 1.5:1.0 or less and a minimum balance sheet cash
position at month end of $2 million. Distributions are
limited under the terms of the facility to 75% of net income.
PRA AG Funding is in full compliance with these covenants. This
$2.5 million facility had no amounts outstanding as of
June 30, 2002.
9. Property and
Equipment:
Property and equipment, at cost, consist of the
following as of December 31, 2000 and 2001 and
June 30, 2002:
F-13
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
10. Hedging
Activity:
During 2001, the Company entered into an interest
rate hedging transaction for the purpose of managing exposure to
fluctuations in interest rates related to variable rate
financing. As of December 31, 2001 and June 30, 2002,
the Company had an interest rate swap transaction which fixed
the interest rate on $10 million of its outstanding debt
with the commercial lender. The interest rate swap agreement
requires payment or receipt of the difference between a fixed
rate of 5.33% and a variable rate of interest based on 1-month
LIBOR. The unrealized gains and losses associated with the
change in market value of the interest rate swap are recognized
as other comprehensive income. This swap transaction expires in
May 2004.
The only expenses incurred related to the swap
agreement were interest expenses for the year ending
December 31, 2001 of $118,944 and $175,093 for the six
months ending June 30, 2002. The net interest payments are
a component of Interest Expense on the income
statement and a reduction of net income in the cash flow
statement.
11. Long-Term
Debt:
In July 2000, the Company purchased a building in
Hutchinson, Kansas. The building was financed with a commercial
loan for $550,000 with a variable interest rate based on LIBOR.
This commercial loan is collateralised by the building. Interest
rates varied between 8.87% and 9.17% in 2000, 4.38% and 9.26% in
2001 and 4.08% and 4.22% in the first six months of 2002.
Monthly principal payments on the loan are $4,583 for an
amortized term of 10 years. A balloon payment of $275,000
is due July 21, 2005, which results in a five-year
principal payout. The loan matures July 21, 2005.
On February 9, 2001, the Company purchased a
generator for its Norfolk location. The generator was financed
with a commercial loan for $107,000 with a fixed rate of 7.9%.
This commercial loan is collateralized by the generator. Monthly
payments on the loan are $2,170 and the loan matures on
February 1, 2006.
On February 20, 2002, the Company completed
the construction of a satellite parking lot at its Norfolk
location. The parking lot was financed with a commercial loan
for $500,000 with a fixed rate of 6.47%. This commercial loan is
collateralized by the parking lot. The first six months were
interest only payments. Beginning October 1, 2002, there is
a fixed monthly payment of $9,797 and the loan matures
September 1, 2007.
Annual payments including interest on the loans
outstanding as of June 30, 2002 are as follows:
Under each of the commercial loans discussed
above, the Company is subject to certain covenants the most
restrictive of which include minimum net worth requirements and
the maintenance of certain financial ratios. As of
December 31, 2000 and 2001 and June 30, 2002 the
Company was in compliance with the debt covenants specified in
the lending agreements.
F-14
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
12. Members
Equity:
There are two classes of members in PRA:
operating members and capital members. On April 6, 1999,
PRA amended and restated its limited liability company operating
agreement (the Agreement), to authorize the issuance
of 20,000,000 membership units. As of December 31, 1999,
2000 and 2001 and June 30, 2002, 10,000,000 membership
units were outstanding. Pursuant to the Agreement, the capital
members own 8,797,000 membership units or 87.97% of the
business, while the operating members own the remaining
1,203,000 membership units or 12.03%. Allocations and
distributions of profits and losses are based on the
aforementioned percentages. In accordance with the Agreement,
capital members and operating members have the same economic
rights. Capital members are entitled to elect 3 of the 5 members
of the Management Committee of the LLC while operating members
are entitled to elect the remaining 2 members. PRA is permitted
to make distributions to the Members. During the six months
ended June 30, 2002, quarterly tax draws were made to the
Members to allow for the payment of quarterly estimated taxes.
Additional tax draw distributions were made by PRA to its
Members during the three months ended September 30, 2002.
The capital members received $2,639,100 and the operating
members received $713,954 of the distribution. These
distributions did not exceed the Companys consolidated
earnings during the previous 12 months.
In accordance with the Agreement, the PRA
management committee is authorized to issue warrants to
partners, employees or vendors to purchase membership units.
Generally, warrants granted have a term between 5 and
7 years and vest within 3 years. Warrants have been
issued at or above the fair market value on the date of grant.
Warrants vest and expire according to terms established at the
grant date.
The following summarizes all warrant related
transactions from January 1, 1999 through June 30,
2002:
At December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and
June 30, 2002, the Company had exercisable warrants
outstanding of 125,000, 795,000, 1,406,667 and 2,066,667,
respectively. Of the 2,066,667 warrants outstanding, all but
205,000 were issued to employees and operating members of PRA.
Of the 205,000 issued to non-employees, 125,000 were issued to
AG 1999 (see footnote 8) and 80,000 were issued and
F-15
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
vested to SMR Research Corporation, a vendor of
the Company in connection with a business agreement to utilize
certain software. All of the warrants granted in the years ended
December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 vest in 3 years
except for the 200,000 warrants granted to SMR Research
Corporation in 1999 of which 20,000 vested immediately and
60,000 were scheduled to vest in each of the next 3 years
and the 125,000 warrants granted to AG 1999 in 1999 which vested
immediately. The 50,000 warrants granted in the six months ended
June 30, 2002 vest 15,000 in one year, 10,000 in each of
the 3 subsequent years and 5,000 based on performance which is
expected to occur in the first year. The total number of
warrants that will not vest is 125,000; 75,000 of which were
granted in 2001 and 50,000 of which were granted in 2002. For
the warrants that accelerate due to the public offering
discussed in footnote 15, an expense of $15,000 will be
incurred in fiscal 2002, instead of 2003 and 2004 which would
have been prescribed under the normal vesting schedule in
accordance with SFAS No. 123.
The warrants issued to AG 1999 and SMR Research
Corporation would be convertible into capital member units and
all other warrants would be convertible into operating member
units.
The following information is as of June 30,
2002:
The Company applies Accounting Principles Board
Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees, in accounting for stock based employee
compensation arrangements whereby no compensation cost related
to stock options is deducted in determining net income for
warrants granted at or above fair value. Had compensation cost
for warrant grants under the Management Agreement been
determined pursuant to SFAS No. 123, Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation, the Companys net income
would have decreased accordingly. Using a fair-value (minimum
value calculation), the following assumptions were used:
The fair value model utilizes the risk-free
interest rate at grant with an expected exercise date sometime
in the future generally assuming an exercise date in the first
half of 2005. In addition, warrant valuation models require the
input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected
stock price volatility. The Companys warrants have
characteristics significantly different from those of traded
warrants, and changes in the subjective input assumptions can
materially affect the fair value estimate. Based upon the above
assumptions, the weighted average fair value of employee
warrants granted during fiscal years 1999, 2000 and 2001 and the
first six months of 2002 was zero, $0.21, $0.35 and $1.24,
respectively.
F-16
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the
estimated fair value of the warrants is amortized over the
warrants vesting period. Had the Companys warrants
been accounted for under SFAS No. 123, net income would
have been reduced to the following pro forma amounts:
Effective August 18, 1999, PRAs
management committee issued warrants to acquire 200,000
membership units to SMR Research Corporation. The warrants were
to vest over a 60 month period and are exercisable at $4.20
per unit. The warrants vested as to 80,000 membership units and
the remaining 120,000 membership units were cancelled upon the
termination of an agreement between the Company and SMR Research
Corporation. The value of the warrants was calculated using the
intrinsic method and no expense was recognized on these
warrants. The fair value approach was then applied, as
designated by SFAS No. 123, which utilizes a comparison of
the discounted value of the underlying units discounted using a
risk-free interest rate at the date of grant, these warrants
were shown to have a negative present value and as such no
expense has been recorded.
Effective December 30, 1999, PRAs
management committee issued warrants to acquire 125,000
membership units to an affiliate of Angelo, Gordon & Co.
(see Note 8). The warrants immediately vested and are
exercisable at $3.60 per unit. The warrants are exercisable in
whole or in part and expire March 31, 2005. As these
warrants are not issued as compensation to an employee or
operating member of the Company, an expense of $51,206 was
incurred and recognized during the period from 1999 to 2002. The
value of the warrants was calculated using the methodology
established for valuing warrants issued to employees and
operating members. This fair value approach as designated by
SFAS No. 123 utilizes a comparison of the discounted value
of the underlying units discounted using a risk-free interest
rate at the date of grant.
As of December 31, 1998 and through
April 6, 1999, the capital members owned 66.7% of the
business, while the operating members owned the remaining 33.3%.
Each type of member received a distribution based on a rate of
15% compounded annually and calculated based upon contributed
capital amounts. Distributions of profits were allocated based
on the aforementioned percentages, unless unrecovered capital or
unrecovered preferred returns existed. In that case, unrecovered
capital was paid first to all members in proportion to the
unrecovered capital balance, then undistributed preferred
balances, in proportion to the undistributed preferred balances,
and thereafter distributions were based on the ownership
percentages.
13. Operating
Member Agreement:
The operating member agreement details each
operating members contribution to the Company. It also
sets forth criteria necessary to maintain status as a limited
liability company. Additionally, it describes a special
discount, which will be applied if an operating member leaves
the Company within two years of the commencement date. There are
currently six operating members, two of whom are designated as
operating managers.
14. Contingencies
and Commitments:
The Company has employment agreements with each
of its operating members, the terms of which expire on
December 31, 2002 or December 31, 2004. Such
agreements provide for base salary payments as well as bonuses
which are based on the attainment of specific management goals.
Remaining compensation under these agreements is approximately
$1,753,501. The agreements also contain confidentiality and
non-compete provisions.
On December 30, 1999, the Company entered
into a $12.5 million dollar credit agreement with AG 1999
that expired on June 30, 2002. Terms of the agreement
included the possibility of AG 1999 earning contingent interest.
AG 1999 is owned by affiliates of Angelo Gordon, the
Companys majority stockholder, and certain other operating
members. Over the term of the agreement, the Company borrowed
$6.6 million. In December 2001, the Company repaid all
outstanding loans under this agreement and incurred an expense
of $300,000 to extinguish the contingent interest provision. The
Company incurred
F-17
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
interest expense related to the agreement of $0,
$412,974, and $450,532 during the years ended December 31,
1999, 2000, and 2001, respectively. In addition, in accordance
with the agreement the management committee of PRA granted AG
1999 warrants to purchase 125,000 membership units of PRA which
were immediately exercisable for $3.60 per unit. The agreement
discussed above was entered into after arms length
negotiations between the related party and the Company.
The Company is from time to time subject to
routine litigation incidental to its business. The Company
believes that the results of any pending legal proceedings will
not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition,
results of operations or liquidity of the Company.
15. Subsequent
Event (unaudited):
PRA is in the process of offering its common
stock for sale in an initial public offering (IPO).
Assuming the completion of the IPO, PRA will be treated as a C
corporation under the Internal Revenue Code and will be subject
to corporate income taxes. Accordingly, a pro forma income tax
provision for corporate income taxes has been calculated as if
PRA was taxable as a C corporation for all periods
presented.
In August 2002 PRA formed a new Delaware
corporation, Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. Immediately
prior to the offering the former members of PRA will exchange
their units of PRA for common stock of the corporation and will
accordingly own all of the issued and outstanding shares of
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. which will own all of the
outstanding membership units of PRA. Each capital or operating
member unit will be exchanged for one share of common stock.
Prior to this exchange transaction, Portfolio Recovery
Associates, Inc. will not have conducted any business and has no
assets or liabilities. The legal name of Portfolio Recovery
Associates, Inc. has been retroactively applied to all periods
presented in these financial statements.
16. Pro Forma Net
Income
The Company presented pro forma tax information
assuming they have been a taxable corporation since inception
and assuming tax rates equal to the rates that would have been
in effect had they been required to report income tax expense in
such years. The Companys pro forma income tax expense
differed from the corporate statutory federal income tax for the
years ended December 31, 1999, 2000, 2001 and the six
months ended June 20, 2002 as follows:
Included in the pro-forma income tax expense were
state tax credits actually earned by the Company in connection
with our Kansas operations.
F-18
3,470,000 Shares
Common Stock
PROSPECTUS
,
2002
You should rely only on the information
contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to
provide you with information different from that which is set
forth in this prospectus. We are offering to sell shares of our
common stock and seeking offers to buy shares of our common
stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are
permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is
accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of
the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of these
securities. Our business, financial condition, results of
operation and prospects may have changed after the date of this
prospectus.
Until ,
2002 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all
dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or
not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a
prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligation
to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with
respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
December 31,
December 31,
June 30,
June 30,
2000
2001
2001
2002
(unaudited)
$
3,191,479
$
4,780,399
$
4,223,301
$
8,320,483
41,124,377
47,986,744
43,918,789
51,055,102
2,217,419
3,379,576
2,827,194
3,432,917
654,447
901,789
1,130,258
612,903
$
47,187,722
$
57,048,508
52,099,542
$
63,421,405
$
156,753
$
236,885
$
432,946
$
549,818
314,863
614,698
371,479
608,179
710,591
1,674,371
775,927
1,659,871
22,166,094
25,000,000
23,176,461
25,000,000
531,667
568,432
605,052
1,031,420
602,348
825,313
923,510
675,129
377,303
434,156
24,482,316
29,297,002
26,285,375
29,958,573
22,705,406
28,128,809
25,814,167
33,896,988
(377,303
)
(434,156
)
22,705,406
27,751,506
25,814,167
33,462,832
$
47,187,722
$
57,048,508
$
52,099,542
$
63,421,405
Six Months
Six Months
Year Ended
Year Ended
Year Ended
Ended
Ended
December 31,
December 31,
December 31,
June 30,
June 30,
1999
2000
2001
2001
2002
(unaudited)
$
11,745,876
$
18,990,695
$
31,220,857
$
14,407,410
$
24,017,807
214,539
816,437
321,953
342,952
900,916
295,594
100,156
12,067,829
19,333,647
32,336,312
14,703,004
24,934,400
6,118,776
9,882,683
15,644,460
6,711,907
10,212,055
1,492,973
2,583,000
3,627,135
1,560,788
3,241,582
553,054
870,833
1,644,557
666,027
929,452
334,771
602,630
712,400
314,305
362,447
498,254
652,410
1,265,132
514,535
675,571
368,887
436,684
676,677
310,605
433,623
9,366,715
15,028,240
23,570,361
10,078,167
15,854,730
2,701,114
4,305,407
8,765,951
4,624,837
9,079,670
102,271
94,365
65,362
45,956
1,699
(978,443
)
(1,859,637
)
(2,781,674
)
(1,456,377
)
(1,116,713
)
1,824,942
2,540,135
6,049,639
3,214,416
7,964,656
(423,305
)
$
1,824,942
$
2,540,135
$
5,626,334
$
3,214,416
$
7,964,656
$
1,824,942
$
2,540,135
$
5,626,334
$
3,214,416
$
7,964,656
697,366
900,899
2,100,609
1,200,112
3,079,177
1,127,576
1,639,236
3,790,988
2,014,304
4,885,479
0
0
(265,263
)
0
0
1,127,576
1,639,236
3,525,725
2,014,304
4,885,479
$
0.38
$
0.49
$
0.33
$
0.43
$
0.03
0
$
0.02
0
$
1,127,576
$
1,639,236
$
3,525,725
$
2,014,304
$
4,885,479
$
0.35
$
0.49
$
0.31
$
0.43
10,000,000
10,000,000
11,457,741
11,486,128
Accumulated
Other
Total
Capital
Operating
Comprehensive
Members
Members
Members
Income (Loss)
Equity
$
8,447,113
$
41,226
$
$
8,488,339
1,652,376
172,566
1,824,942
1,824,942
9,916,000
84,000
10,000,000
20,015,489
297,792
20,313,281
2,234,557
305,578
2,540,135
2,540,135
(148,010
)
(148,010
)
22,250,046
455,360
22,705,406
4,949,486
676,848
5,626,334
(377,303
)
(377,303
)
5,249,031
(202,931
)
(202,931
)
27,199,532
929,277
(377,303
)
27,751,506
7,006,508
958,148
7,964,656
(56,853
)
(56,853
)
7,907,803
(1,759,400
)
(437,077
)
(2,196,477
)
$
32,446,640
$
1,450,348
$
(434,156
)
$
33,462,832
Year Ended
Year Ended
Year Ended
Six Months
Six Months
December 31,
December 31,
December 31,
Ended June 30,
Ended June 30,
1999
2000
2001
2001
2002
(unaudited)
$
1,824,942
$
2,540,135
$
5,626,334
$
3,214,415
$
7,964,656
368,887
436,684
676,677
310,605
433,623
(321,953
)
(342,952
)
(900,916
)
(295,594
)
(100,156
)
5,450
(1,766
)
423,305
(430,436
)
75,514
(590,647
)
(475,810
)
288,886
72,564
33,633
80,132
276,193
312,933
147,994
102,403
219,835
56,616
(6,519
)
101,579
236,536
963,780
65,337
(14,500
)
1,769,027
3,081,953
6,496,739
3,151,762
8,878,923
(604,144
)
(1,069,420
)
(1,279,356
)
(458,022
)
(448,079
)
(18,853,787
)
(25,035,237
)
(33,491,211
)
(12,436,272
)
(16,232,137
)
5,616,241
11,741,998
21,926,815
9,294,557
13,163,179
891,986
650,864
5,602,945
642,896
100,756
(500,000
)
500,000
(13,449,704
)
(13,211,795
)
(7,240,807
)
(2,956,841
)
(3,416,281
)
10,000,000
(148,010
)
(202,931
)
(105,654
)
(2,196,477
)
12,682,250
25,612,141
28,577,299
2,576,260
(10,744,807
)
(13,488,098
)
(25,743,719
)
(1,565,893
)
550,000
107,000
107,000
500,000
(18,333
)
(70,235
)
(33,614
)
(37,012
)
(54,895
)
(142,347
)
(334,421
)
(141,198
)
(189,069
)
11,882,548
12,365,353
2,332,993
836,901
(1,922,558
)
201,871
2,235,511
1,588,920
1,031,822
3,540,084
754,097
955,968
3,191,479
3,191,479
4,780,399
$
955,968
$
3,191,479
$
4,780,399
$
4,223,301
$
8,320,483
$
961,479
$
1,847,747
$
2,821,784
$
1,446,448
$
1,000,836
344,449
414,404
555,988
462,358
38,885
33,829
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies:
Six Months Ended
Years Ended December 31,
June 30,
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2001
2002
$
3,988
$
22,559
$
22,559
$
44,561
$
38,115
$
17,455
$
5,231
3.
Finance Receivables:
Six Months
Years Ended December 31,
Ended June 30,
1999
2000
2001
2002
$
15,471,538
$
28,139,051
$
41,124,377
$
47,986,744
18,853,787
25,035,237
33,491,211
16,232,137
(17,362,117
)
(30,732,693
)
(53,147,672
)
(37,180,986
)
11,745,876
18,990,695
31,220,857
24,017,807
(5,616,211
)
(11,741,998
)
(21,926,815
)
(13,163,179
)
(570,033
)
(307,913
)
(4,702,029
)
(600
)
$
28,139,051
$
41,124,377
$
47,986,744
$
51,055,102
$
16,747,425
14,095,580
11,236,954
7,102,843
1,732,307
139,527
466
4.
Operating Leases:
$
391,906
707,160
727,319
733,855
363,279
4,211
$
2,927,730
5.
Capital Leases:
December 31,
December 31,
June 30,
2000
2001
2002
$
116,650
$
375,022
$
337,658
141,232
319,535
297,417
361,586
600,564
600,564
27,249
(114,456
)
(352,425
)
(449,319
)
$
505,012
$
942,696
$
813,569
$
208,991
309,208
169,102
70,834
7,365
765,500
90,371
$
675,129
6.
Modeling Agreement:
7.
401(k) Retirement Plan:
2000
2001
2002
$
$
25,000,000
$
25,000,000
19,470,000
2,696,094
$
22,166,094
$
25,000,000
$
25,000,000
restrictions on monthly borrowings in excess of
$4 million per month and quarterly borrowings in excess of
$10 million;
a maximum leverage ratio of not greater than 4 to
1 and net income of at least $0.01, calculated on a consolidated
basis;
a restriction on distributions in excess of 75%
of our net income for any year;
compliance with certain special purpose vehicle
and corporate separateness covenants; and
restrictions on change of control.
December 31,
December 31,
2000
2001
June 30, 2002
$
530,533
$
1,036,172
$
1,191,918
965,995
1,130,786
1,273,353
702,808
848,901
913,386
300,340
640,574
694,350
171,135
277,469
277,469
713,942
1,057,643
1,127,973
10,515
100,515
100,515
(1,177,849
)
(1,712,484
)
(2,146,047
)
$
2,217,419
$
3,379,576
$
3,432,917
$
89,306
219,090
216,248
465,455
121,905
88,174
1,200,178
(168,758
)
$
1,031,420
Average
Warrants
Exercise
Outstanding
Price
$
2,325,000
4.17
2,325,000
4.17
65,000
4.20
(230,000
)
4.20
2,160,000
4.17
155,000
4.20
(120,000
)
4.20
2,195,000
4.17
50,000
10.00
(10,000
)
4.20
2,235,000
$
4.30
Warrants Exercisable
Weighted-
Average
Weighted-
Weighted-
Remaining
Average
Average
Contractual
Exercise
Number
Exercise
Exercise Prices
Life (Years)
Price
Exercisable
Price
3.69
$
4.20
1,941,667
$
4.20
2.75
$
3.60
125,000
$
3.60
5.95
$
10.00
$
10.00
3.69
$
4.30
2,066,667
$
4.16
Warrants issue year:
1999
2000
2001
2002
N/A
N/A
4.00
3.00
6.00
5.00
N/A
N/A
5.37%-6.47%
6.30
%
4.66%-4.77%
4.53
%
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Net income:
1999
2000
2001
2002
$
1,824,942
$
2,540,135
$
5,626,334
$
7,964,656
$
1,824,942
$
2,537,908
$
5,615,191
$
7,916,386
Six Months
Years Ended December 31,
Ended June 30,
1999
2000
2001
2002
$
620,480
$
863,646
$
1,912,953
$
2,750,574
4,136
4,045
6,551
9,443
72,749
100,199
226,975
319,162
(66,990
)
(45,870
)
$
697,366
$
900,899
$
2,100,609
$
3,079,180
Year Ended December 31, 2001
Six Months Ended June 30, 2002
Per Share
Per Share
Income
Shares
Amount
Income
Shares
Amount
$
3,525,725
10,000,000
$
0.35
$
4,885,479
10,000,000
$
0.49
1,457,741
1,486,128
$
3,525,725
11,457,741
$
0.31
$
4,885,479
11,486,128
$
0.43
William Blair & Company
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN
PROSPECTUS
Item 13.
Other
Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
The following table sets forth the expenses
expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and
distribution of common stock registered hereby, all of which
expenses, except for the Securities and Exchange Commission
registration fee, are estimated.
Item 14.
Indemnification
of Directors and Officers
The registrants certificate of
incorporation (the Certificate) provides that each
person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a
party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative (hereinafter a
proceeding), by reason of the fact that he or she,
or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or
was a director, officer or employee of the registrant or is or
was serving at the request of the registrant as a director,
officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with
respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such
proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a
director, officer, employee or agent or alleged action in any
other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or
agent, shall be indemnified by the registrant to the fullest
extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware (the Delaware Law) as the same exists or
may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such
amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the
registrant to provide broader indemnification rights then said
law permitted the registrant to provide prior to such amendment)
against all expense, liability and loss (including
attorneys fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes or
penalties pursuant to the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974 and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement)
reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such
proceeding and such indemnification shall continue as to a
person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or
agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs,
executors and administrators; provided, however, that the
registrant shall indemnify any such person seeking
indemnification in connection with a proceeding initiated by him
or her only if such proceeding was authorized by the board of
directors, either generally or in the specific instance.
The Delaware Law permits indemnification of a
director, officer, employee or agent in civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative actions, suits or proceedings
(other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) to
which such person is a party or is threatened to be made a party
by reason of the fact of such relationship with the corporation
or the fact that such person is or was serving in a similar
capacity with another entity at the request of the corporation
against expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments,
fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection with such action if such person
acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
II-1
The Certificate provides that the right to
indemnification contained therein includes the right to be paid
by the registrant the expenses incurred in defending any such
proceeding in advance of its final disposition in accordance
with procedures established from time to time by the board of
directors; provided, however, that if the Delaware Law requires,
the payment of such expenses incurred by a director, officer or
employee in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding
shall be made only upon delivery to the registrant of an
undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay all amounts
so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such
person is not entitled to be indemnified by the registrant as
authorized in the Certificate or otherwise.
The registrant maintains directors and
officers liability insurance covering certain liabilities
incurred by the directors and officers of the registrant in
connection with the performance of their duties.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities
arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to
directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been
informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Item 15.
Recent
Sales of Unregistered Securities
The following is a list of all securities sold by
the registrant or its predecessor Portfolio Recovery Associates,
L.L.C. within the past three years which, pursuant to the
exemption provided by Rule 701
II-2
On December 30, 1999, a subsidiary of the
registrant, PRA AG Funding, LLC, entered into a credit agreement
with AG PRA 1999 Funding Co., LLC (AG 1999) which
terminated on June 30, 2002. Pursuant to this credit
agreement, AG 1999 provided PRA AG Funding, LLC, with a
$12,500,000 credit facility to finance the purchase of pools of
delinquent consumer receivables. In accordance with the credit
agreement, on December 30, 1999, AG 1999 was issued
immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 125,000 membership
units of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. with an exercise
price of $3.60 per unit. As a financially sophisticated
investor, this issuance was made to AG 1999 in reliance upon an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. In
connection with the equity exchange between the registrant and
the members of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., these
warrants were exchanged by AG 1999 for comparable warrants to
purchase 125,000 shares of common stock of the registrant.
As of June 21, 2000, the registrant issued
warrants to the following individuals as compensation for
services performed, each of whom is an officer of the
registrant, to purchase the number of membership units of
Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. indicated next to their
respective names, at an exercise price of $4.20 per unit.
As executive employees these individuals had
access to the kind of information which a registration would
disclose and this issuance was therefore made in reliance upon
an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities
Act. In connection with this public offering, the vesting of
these warrants was accelerated, and the warrants will therefore
be exercisable upon the closing of this offering. In connection
with the equity exchange between the registrant and the members
of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., these warrants were
exchanged by the respective holders for comparable warrants to
purchase the same number of shares of common stock of the
registrant.
As of March 28, 2001, the registrant issued
warrants to Robert J. Rey as compensation for services
performed, an officer of the registrant, to purchase 100,000
membership units of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. with
an exercise price of $4.20 per unit. As an executive employee
Mr. Rey had access to the kind of information which a
registration would disclose and this issuance was therefore made
to Mr. Rey in reliance upon an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. In connection with this
public offering, the vesting of 25,000 of these warrants was
accelerated, and the warrants will therefore be exercisable upon
the closing of this offering. In connection with the equity
exchange between the registrant and the members of Portfolio
Recovery Associates, L.L.C., these warrants were exchanged by
Mr. Rey for comparable warrants to purchase the same number
of shares of common stock of the registrant.
As of May 7, 2001, the registrant issued
warrants to the following individuals as compensation for
services performed, each of whom is an officer of the
registrant, to purchase the number of membership units of
Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., indicated next to their
respective names, at an exercise price of $4.20 per unit.
II-3
As executive employees these individuals had
access to the kind of information which a registration would
disclose and this issuance was therefore made in reliance upon
an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities
Act. In connection with this public offering, the vesting of
these warrants was accelerated, and the warrants will therefore
be exercisable upon the closing of this offering. In connection
with the equity exchange between the registrant and the members
of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., these warrants were
exchanged by the respective holders for comparable warrants to
purchase the same number of shares of common stock of the
registrant.
As of June 10, 2002, the registrant issued
warrants to Michael Jones as compensation for services
performed, an employee of the Registrant, to purchase 50,000
membership units of Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C. with
an exercise price of $10.00 per unit. As an executive employee
Mr. Jones had access to the kind of information which a
registration would disclose and this issuance to Mr. Jones
was therefore made in reliance upon an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. In connection with the
equity exchange between the registrant and the members of
Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., these warrants were
exchanged by Mr. Jones for comparable warrants to purchase
the same number of shares of common stock of the registrant.
II-4
Item 16.
Exhibits
and Financial Statement Schedules
(a)
Exhibits
The following exhibits are filed as part of this
registration statement.
II-5
Item 17.
Undertakings
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to
provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the
underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and
registered in such names as required by the underwriter to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities
arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to
directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer
or controlling person of the registrant in the successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the
opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by
controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be
governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
II-6
$
5,290
6,250
1,000
100,000
215,000
150,000
5,000
10,000
7,464
$
500,000
35,000
15,000
15,000
25,000
7,500
7,500
2,500
2,500
Exhibit
Number
Description
1
.1+
Underwriting Agreement.
2
.1
Equity Exchange Agreement among Portfolio
Recovery Associates, L.L.C., Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc
and the other parties thereto.
3
.1
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
3
.2
Amended and Restated By-Laws of Portfolio
Recovery Associates, Inc.
4
.1+
Form of Common Stock Certificate.
4
.2
Form of Warrant.
5
.1
Opinion of Swidler Berlin Shereff Friedman, LLP.
10
.1+
Credit Agreement, dated as of December 30,
1999, by and between PRA AG Funding, LLC, AG PRA 1999 Funding
Co., LLC.
10
.2+
Loan Agreement, dated July 20, 2000, by and
between PRA Holding I, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. and Portfolio
Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
10
.3+
Loan and Security Agreement, dated
September 18, 2001, by and between Westside Funding
Corporation, PRA III, LLC, Portfolio Recovery Associates,
L.L.C., PRA Receivables Management, LLC (d/b/a Anchor
Receivables Management), PRA II, LLC and PRA Holding I, LLC.
10
.4+
Business Loan Agreement, dated June 28,
2002, by and between PRA AG Funding, LLC and RBC Centura Bank.
10
.5+
Business Loan Agreement, dated September 24,
2001, by and between PRA Holding I, LLC, Bank of America, N.A.
and Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
10
.6+
Amendment to Business Loan Agreement, dated
February 20, 2002, by and between PRA Holding I, LLC,
Bank of America, N.A. and Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
10
.7
Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2002,
by and between Steven D. Fredrickson and Portfolio Recovery
Associates, L.L.C.
10
.8
Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2002,
by and between Kevin P. Stevenson and Portfolio Recovery
Associates, L.L.C.
10
.9
Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2002,
by and between Craig A. Grube and Portfolio Recovery Associates,
L.L.C.
10
.10
Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2002,
by and between Andrew J. Holmes and Portfolio Recovery
Associates, L.L.C.
10
.11
Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2002,
by and between James L. Keown and Portfolio Recovery Associates,
L.L.C.
10
.12
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 2002 Stock
Option Plan.
10
.13+
Riverside Commerce Center Office Lease, dated
February 12, 1999, by and between Riverside Investors, L.C.
and Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
10
.14+
First Amendment to Riverside Commerce Center
Office Lease, dated April 27, 1999, by and between
Riverside Investors, L.C. and Portfolio Recovery Associates,
L.L.C.
10
.15+
Second Amendment to Riverside Commerce Center
Office Lease, dated September 29, 2000, by and between
Riverside Investors, L.C. and Portfolio Recovery Associates,
L.L.C.
21
.1+
Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23
.1+
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
23
.2
Consent of Swidler Berlin Shereff Friedman, LLP
(included in Exhibit 5.1).
24
.1+
Powers of Attorney (included on signature page).
+
Previously filed.
1. For purposes of determining any liability
under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from
the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration
statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the
Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.
2. For the purpose of determining any
liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective
amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to
be a new registration statement relating to the securities
offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
thereof.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities
Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused Amendment No. 2
to this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Norfolk,
in the Commonwealth of Virginia, on October 30, 2002.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities
Act of 1933, Amendment No. 2 to this Registration Statement
has been signed below by the following persons in the capacity
and on the dates indicated.
PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.
By:
/s/ STEVEN D. FREDRICKSON
Steven D. Fredrickson
Chief Executive Officer, President
and
Chairman of the Board of Directors
By:
/s/ KEVIN P. STEVENSON
Kevin P. Stevenson
Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice
President,
Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ STEVEN D. FREDRICKSON
Steven D. Fredrickson
Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board
of Directors
(Principal Executive Officer)
October 30, 2002
/s/ KEVIN P. STEVENSON
Kevin P. Stevenson
Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer, Treasurer
and Assistant Secretary
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
October 30, 2002
/s/ DAVID N. ROBERTS
David N. Roberts
Director
October 30, 2002
II-7
EXHIBIT 2.1
EQUITY EXCHANGE AGREEMENT
THIS EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), dated as of September 5, 2002, is entered into by and between Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("PRA LLC") and Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("PRA Inc.").
RECITALS
WHEREAS, those persons listed on Schedule A (collectively, the "PRA Unitholders" and, individually, a "PRA Unitholder") own all of the issued and outstanding membership units of PRA LLC (the "PRA Units");
WHEREAS, those persons listed on Schedule B (collectively, the "PRA Warrantholders" and, individually, a "PRA Warrantholder") own all of the issued and outstanding warrants to purchase membership units of PRA LLC (the "PRA Warrants" and, together with the PRA Units, the "PRA Interests");
WHEREAS, the management committee of PRA LLC determined to reorganize as a corporation upon the effectiveness of the registration statement filed in connection with PRA Inc.'s initial public offering;
WHEREAS, as part of the intended reorganization all of the outstanding PRA Units shall be exchanged for shares of the common stock of PRA Inc., par value $0.01 per share (the "PRA Stock"), on a one-for-one basis, subject to the terms and conditions hereof;
WHEREAS, as part of the intended reorganization all of the PRA Warrants shall be exchanged for warrants to purchase shares of the PRA Stock, on a one-for-one basis, subject to the terms and conditions hereof; and
WHEREAS, PRA Inc., as part of the intended reorganization, desires to issue 10,000,000 shares of PRA Stock to the PRA Unitholders and to issue 2,235,000 warrants to purchase one share of PRA Stock to the PRA Warrantholders, conditioned upon the effectiveness of the registration statement filed in connection with PRA Inc.'s initial public offering.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants, representations and warranties set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
ARTICLE I.
THE EXCHANGE
Section 1.01. Exchange. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
this Agreement and in reliance on the representations, warranties and covenants
of PRA LLC, the PRA Unitholders, the PRA Warrantholders and PRA Inc. herein
contained, (a) all right, title and interest to the PRA Units held by a PRA
Unitholder shall be exchanged for the same number of shares of PRA Stock; and
(b) all right, title and interest to the PRA Warrants held by such PRA
Warrantholder shall be exchanged for the same number of warrants to purchase PRA
Stock
("New Warrants"), and upon such exchange such PRA Warrants shall be automatically canceled and retired and shall cease to exist (collectively, the "Exchange"). The respective number of PRA Units owned by each PRA Unitholder on the date hereof and which shall be transferred to PRA Inc. is set forth on Schedule A to this Agreement. The respective number of PRA Warrants owned by each PRA Warrantholder on the date hereof is set forth on Schedule B to this Agreement. All shares of PRA Stock and all New Warrants shall be delivered to the PRA Unitholders and the PRA Warrantholders as promptly as possible following the Exchange.
Section 1.02. Conditions to Exchange. The Exchange is conditioned upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of PRA Inc. on Form S-1. Should the initial public offering contemplated by the registration statement not occur, the Exchange shall be deemed null and void.
ARTICLE II.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Section 2.01. By PRA LLC. PRA LLC hereby represents and warrants to PRA Inc., the PRA Unitholders and the PRA Warrantholders that:
(a) Organization and Good Standing. PRA LLC is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each other jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or the ownership of property requires such qualification or licensing, except where failure to be so qualified or licensed would not have a material adverse effect on PRA LLC.
(b) Power and Authority. PRA LLC has the requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby.
(c) Subsidiaries. Except for membership interests of PRA Receivables Management, LLC, PRA, II, LLC, PRA Holding I, LLC, PRA III, LLC and PRA AG Funding, LLC, PRA LLC does not own, of record or beneficially, or control, directly or indirectly, any capital stock, securities convertible into capital stock or any other equity interest in any corporation, association or business entity nor is PRA LLC, directly or indirectly, a participant in any joint venture, partnership or other non-corporate entity.
(d) No Conflict. Except for matters for which PRA LLC will receive a consent or waiver prior to the Exchange, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by PRA LLC of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (i) violate any provision of any law or any governmental rule or regulation applicable to PRA LLC, (ii) conflict with the organizational documents of PRA LLC or any order, judgment or decree of any court or other agency of government binding on PRA LLC, (iii) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any material contract, indenture, agreement or other instrument or document to which PRA LLC is a party or by which the properties or assets of PRA LLC are bound, (iii) result in or require the creation or imposition of any lien upon any of the properties or assets of PRA LLC, or (iv) require any approval or consent of any person or entity under any agreement with PRA LLC.
(e) Governmental Consents. The performance by PRA LLC of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, do not and will not require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, with or by, any federal, state or other governmental authority or regulatory body.
(f) Binding Obligation. Upon execution, this Agreement shall be the legally valid and binding obligation of PRA LLC enforceable against PRA LLC in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors generally and general principles of equity.
Section 2.02. By PRA Inc. PRA Inc. hereby represents and warrants to PRA LLC, the PRA Unitholders and the PRA Warrantholders that:
(a) Organization, etc. PRA Inc. is a corporation duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each other jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or the ownership of property requires such qualification or licensing, except where failure to be so qualified or licensed would not have a material adverse effect on PRA Inc.
(b) Power and Authority. PRA Inc. has the requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby.
(c) No Conflict. Except for matters for which PRA Inc. will receive a consent or waiver prior to the Exchange, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by PRA Inc. of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (i) violate any provision of any law or any governmental rule or regulation applicable to PRA Inc., (ii) conflict with the organizational documents of PRA Inc. or any order, judgment or decree of any court or other agency of government binding on PRA Inc., (iii) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any material contract, indenture, agreement or other instrument or document to which PRA Inc. is a party or by which the properties or assets of PRA Inc. are bound, (iii) result in or require the creation or imposition of any lien upon any of the properties or assets of PRA Inc., or (iv) require any approval or consent of any person or entity under any agreement with PRA Inc.
(d) Governmental Consents. The performance by PRA Inc. of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, do not and will not require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, with or by, any federal, state or other governmental authority or regulatory body, other than the periodic and other filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(e) Binding Obligation. Upon execution, this Agreement shall be the legally valid and binding obligation of PRA Inc. enforceable against PRA Inc. in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors generally and general principles of equity.
(f) The Securities. The shares of PRA Stock and PRA Warrants, when issued pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, shall be duly authorized, validly issued,
fully paid and non-assessable, and free and clear of any and all claims, liens, security interests, charges, encumbrances, equities, adverse interests and restrictions of any kind (collectively, "Liens"), and, except as set forth in this Agreement or as provided under applicable securities laws, will not be subject to any restriction on use, voting or transfer.
ARTICLE III.
COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES
Section 3.01. Additional Documents and Further Assurances. Each of the parties hereto, at the request of another party hereto, shall execute and deliver such other instruments and do and perform such other acts and things as may be necessary or desirable for effecting completely the consummation of this Agreement, the Exchange and the transactions contemplated hereby.
ARTICLE IV.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 4.01. Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally or by commercial messenger or courier service, or mailed by registered or certified (return receipt requested) or overnight mail or sent via facsimile (with acknowledgment of complete transmission) to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice); provided, however, that notices sent by mail will not be deemed given until received:
If to PRA Inc. or PRA LLC, to:
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
120 Corporate Boulevard
Norfolk, Virginia 23502
Attn: Steven D. Fredrickson
Fax : (757) 554-0586
In all cases with a copy to:
Charles I. Weissman, Esq.
Swidler Berlin Shereff Friedman, LLP
405 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10174
Fax: (212) 891-9598
Section 4.02. Survival of Representations. The representations and warranties made by the parties herein shall not survive the closing of the transactions contemplated hereunder or the termination of this Agreement.
Section 4.03. Headings and Interpretation. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, all provisions shall be deemed to be singular and plural in number, and masculine, feminine and neuter in gender, in all cases where they would so apply.
Section 4.04. Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile, and a facsimile signature shall have the same force and affect as an original signature on this Agreement.
Section 4.05. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and any other agreement or instrument to be delivered expressly pursuant to the terms hereof constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all previous negotiations, commitments and writings with respect to such subject matter.
Section 4.06. Assignments; Parties in Interest. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned by any of the parties hereto (whether by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other parties. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto, and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any person not a party hereto any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason hereof, except as otherwise provided herein.
Section 4.07. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto. The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such void or unenforceable provision.
Section 4.08. Other Remedies. Except as otherwise provided herein, any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a party will be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby, or by law or equity upon such party, and the exercise by a party of any one remedy will not preclude the exercise of any other remedy.
Section 4.09. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, PRA LLC and PRA Inc. have caused this Agreement to be executed, all as of the day and year first above written.
PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, LLC
By: /s/ Kevin P. Stevenson --------------------------------- Name: Kevin P. Stevenson Title: Senior Vice President |
PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.
By: /s/ Kevin P. Stevenson --------------------------------- Name: Kevin P. Stevenson Title: Senior Vice President |
EXHIBIT 3.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:
1. The name of the corporation is Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (the "Corporation"). The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 7, 2002.
2. The Corporation has not received any payment for any of its stock.
3. Pursuant to Sections 241 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and amends the provisions of the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, in all respects.
4. The text of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby restated and amended to read in its entirety as follows:
FIRST: The name of the corporation is Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (the "Corporation").
SECOND: The registered office of the Corporation is to be located at 9 East Lookerman Street, in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware, 19901. The name of its registered agent at that address is National Registered Agents, Inc.
THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall be authorized to issue is 32,000,000 of which 30,000,000 shall be designated as Common Stock with a par value of $0.01 per share and 2,000,000 shall be designated as Preferred Stock with a par value of $0.01 per share.
(a) Common Stock. The powers, preferences and relative participating, optional or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions in respect of the Common Stock are as follows:
Subject to the prior or equal rights of any holders of Preferred Stock, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled (i) to receive dividends when and as declared by the Board of Directors out of any funds legally available therefor, (ii) in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation, ratably according to the number of shares of Common Stock held, and (iii) to one vote for each share of Common Stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. No holder of Common Stock shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any part of any issue of stock or of securities of the Corporation convertible into stock of any class whatsoever, whether now or hereafter authorized.
(b) Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized at any time, and from time to time, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, with such voting powers, full or limited, or without voting powers and with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance thereof adopted by the Board of Directors, subject to the limitations prescribed by law and in accordance with the provisions hereof, including (but without limiting the generality thereof) the ability to (i) divide the Preferred Stock into any number of series, (ii) fix the designation and number of shares of each such series, and (iii) determine or change the designation, relative rights, preferences, and limitations of any series of Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors (within the limits and restrictions of any resolutions adopted by it originally fixing the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock) may increase or decrease the number of shares initially fixed for any series, but no such decrease shall reduce the number below the number of shares then outstanding and shares duly reserved for issuance.
FIFTH: (a) Board of Directors. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors, subject to any right of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors, shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors pursuant to the Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Corporation.
(b) Classification. Immediately subsequent to the date of this Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as the then total number of directors constituting the whole board permits, with the term of office of one class expiring each year. At the next election of directors, the term of the directors of the first class shall expire and directors of the first class shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the next succeeding annual meeting. The term of the directors of the second class shall expire at the second election of directors after the date of this Certificate of Incorporation and directors of the second class shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the second succeeding annual meeting. The term of directors of the third class shall expire at the third election of directors after the date of Certificate of Incorporation and directors of the third class shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting. Subject to the foregoing, at each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to the class of directors whose term shall then expire shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring
at the third succeeding annual meeting and each director so elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal.
If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease in the number of directors shall be apportioned among the three classes so as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as possible, and the Board of Directors shall decide which class shall contain an unequal number of directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever holders of any shares of Preferred Stock, or any series thereof, shall be entitled, voting separately as a class, to elect any directors, all directors so elected shall be allocated, each time they are so elected, to the class whose term expires at the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders and the terms of all directors so elected by such holders shall expire at the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders.
(c) Nomination. From and subsequent to the effective date of
the initial public offering of the shares of Common Stock by the Corporation and
subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, only
persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this
Article Fifth, clause (c) shall be eligible to serve as directors. Nominations
of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at an annual
meeting of stockholders (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (in
a manner meeting the requirements for independent director approval promulgated
by the Nasdaq Stock Market) or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is
a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this
Article Fifth, clause (c), who shall be entitled to vote for the election of
directors at the meeting and who complies with the procedures set forth below.
Any such nominations (other than those made by or at the direction of the Board
of Directors) must be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary
of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or
mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not
less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the anniversary date of the
immediately preceding annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that
the annual meeting with respect to which such notice is to be tendered is not
held within 30 days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the
stockholder to be timely must be received no later than the close of business on
the 10th day following the day on which notice of the meeting or public
disclosure thereof was given or made. Such stockholder's notice shall set forth
(a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or
reelection as a director, all information relating to such person that is
required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors,
or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") (including such
person's written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a
director if elected); and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice (i) the
name and address, as they appear on the Corporation's books, of such
stockholder, (ii) the class and number of shares of stock of the Corporation
which are beneficially owned by such stockholder and (iii) a description of all
arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or
persons (including their names) in connection with such nomination and any
material interest of such stockholder in such nomination. At the request of the
Board of Directors, any person nominated by the Board of Directors for election
as a director shall furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation that information
required to be set forth in a stockholder's notice of nomination which pertains
to the nominee. If the Board of Directors shall determine, based on the facts,
that a nomination was not
made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article Fifth, clause
(c), the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the person presiding at such
meeting shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be
disregarded. In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Article Fifth,
clause (c), a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of
the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the
matters set forth in this Article Fifth, clause (c).
(d) Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, newly created directorships resulting from (i) an increase in the authorized number of directors elected by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of all classes of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors, considered for this purpose as one class, (ii) death, (iii) resignation, (iv) retirement, (v) disqualification, (vi) removal from office or (vii) any other cause, may be filled by a majority vote of the remaining directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director, and each director so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of the class to which he or she has been elected expires and until such director's successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
(e) Removal. A director may be removed only for cause, by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of all classes of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors, considered for this purpose as one class.
SIXTH: Stockholder Action. From and subsequent to the effective date of the initial public offering of shares of Common Stock by the Corporation and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or under applicable law may be effected only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and with a vote thereat, and may not be effected by consent in writing. Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the written request of 30% of the stockholders of the Corporation.
SEVENTH: Powers of Directors. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized:
(i) to adopt, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation in such manner and subject to such limitations, if any, as shall be set forth in the Amended and Restated By-Laws;
(ii) to allot and authorize the issuance of the authorized but unissued shares of the Corporation, including the declaration of dividends payable in shares of any class to stockholders of any class; and
(iii) to exercise all of the powers of the Corporation, insofar as the same may lawfully be vested by this certificate in the Board of Directors.
EIGHTH: Directors' Liability. No director shall be personally
liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of
a fiduciary duty as a director; provided, however, that to the extent required
by the provisions of Section 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware or any successor statute, or any other laws of the State of
Delaware, this provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a
director (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation
or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which
involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under
Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, (iv) for
any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit, or
(v) for any act or omission occurring prior to the date when this Article Eighth
becomes effective. If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
hereafter is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the
liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation, in
addition to the limitation on personal liability provided herein, shall be
limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended General Corporation Law
of the State of Delaware. Any repeal or modification of this Article Eighth by
the stockholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only, and shall not
adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the
Corporation existing as of the time of such repeal or modification.
NINTH: (a) Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or alleged action in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorney's fees, judgments, fines, excise tax or penalties pursuant to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such proceeding, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding initiated by him or her only if such proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors, either generally or in the specific instance. The right to indemnification shall include the advancement of expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition in accordance with procedures established from time to time by the board of directors; provided, however, that if the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware so
requires, the director, officer or employee shall deliver to the Corporation an undertaking to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article Ninth or otherwise.
(b) Nonexclusivity. The rights of indemnification provided in this Article Ninth shall be in addition to any rights to which any person may otherwise be entitled by law or under any By-Law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. Such rights shall continue as to any person who has ceased to be a director, officer or employee and shall inure to the benefit of his heirs, executors and administrators, and shall be applied to proceedings commenced after the adoption hereof, whether arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after the adoption hereof.
(c) Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance to protect any persons against any liability or expense asserted against or incurred by such person in connection with any proceeding, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability or expense by law or under this Article Ninth or otherwise. The Corporation may create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means (including, without limitation, a letter of credit) to insure the payment of such sums as may become necessary to effect indemnification as provided herein.
TENTH: The Board of Directors shall have the power to make, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation. Any By-Laws made by the Board of Directors under the powers conferred hereby may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders of the Corporation.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as of the 29th day of October, 2002.
/s/ Steven D. Fredrickson ---------------------------------------- Steven D. Fredrickson President and Chief Executive Officer |
EXHIBIT 3.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS
OF
PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
Section 1.1. Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation within the State of Delaware shall be located at the principal place of business in said State of such corporation or individual acting as the Corporation's registered agent in Delaware.
Section 1.2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices and places of business at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Section 2.1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation, or at such other place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.
Section 2.2. Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors shall be held at such time on such day, other than a legal holiday, as the Board of Directors in each such year determines. At the annual meeting, the stockholders entitled to vote for the election of directors shall elect, by a plurality vote, a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting.
Section 2.3. Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called as provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Any such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. At any special meeting of stockholders, only such business may be transacted as is related to the purpose or purposes set forth in the notice of such meeting.
Section 2.4. Notice of Meetings. Written notice of every meeting of stockholders, stating the place, date and hour thereof and, in the case of a special meeting of stockholders, the purpose or purposes thereof and the person or persons by whom or at whose direction such meeting has been called and such notice is being issued, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board, the Secretary, or the persons calling the meeting, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his, her
or its address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation. Nothing herein contained shall preclude the stockholders from waiving notice as provided in Section 4.1 hereof.
Section 2.5. Quorum. The holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall be necessary to and shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of stockholders. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if after any such adjournment the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting, or if the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of such adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 2.4 of these By-Laws, but such notice may be waived as provided in Section 4.1 hereof.
Section 2.6. Voting. The voting rights of stockholders shall be as provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
Section 2.7. Proxies. Every stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting or by consent without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy. Each proxy shall be in writing executed by the stockholder giving the proxy or by his duly authorized attorney. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of three (3) years from its date, unless a longer period is provided for in the proxy. Unless and until voted, every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the person who executed it, or his legal representatives or assigns except in those cases where an irrevocable proxy permitted by statute has been given.
Section 2.8. Stock Records. The Secretary or agent having charge of the stock transfer books shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of and the number and class and series, if any, of shares held by each stockholder. Such list, for a period of 10 days prior to such meeting, shall be kept at the principal place of business of the Corporation or at the office of the transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation and such other places as required by statute and shall be subject to inspection by any stockholder at any time during usual business hours. Such list shall also be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any stockholder at any time during the meeting.
Section 2.9. Conduct of Meeting. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all such meetings. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall preside at all such meetings. If none of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President is present, then any other director chosen by the directors in attendance shall preside. The Secretary of the Corporation, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary, if any, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if
neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint a secretary of the meeting.
Section 2.10. Inspectors and Judges. The directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election or judges of the vote, as the case may be, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If an inspector or inspectors or judge or judges are not appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors or judges. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector or judge fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the person presiding at the meeting. Each inspector or judge, if any, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector or judge at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors or judges, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each class and series, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors or judge or judges, if any, shall make a report in writing on any challenge, question or matter determined by him or them and execute a certificate of any fact found by him or them.
Section 2.11. Stockholder Proposals. At any annual meeting of the
stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought
before the meeting (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (b)
by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time
of giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2.11, who shall be entitled
to vote at such meeting and who complies with the procedures set forth below.
For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting of stockholders,
the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the
Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be
delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the
Corporation not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the anniversary
date of the immediately preceding annual meeting; provided, however, that in the
event that the annual meeting with respect to which such notice is to be
tendered is not held within 30 days before or after such anniversary date,
notice by the stockholder to be timely must be received no later than the close
of business on the 10th day following the day on which notice of the date of the
meeting or public disclosure thereof was given or made. Such stockholder's
notice shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring
before the meeting (a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought
before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting,
(b) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation's books, of the
stockholder proposing such business, (c) the class and the number of shares of
stock of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder and (d)
a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and
any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with such
business and any material interest of the stockholder in such business.
Notwithstanding anything in these By-Laws to the contrary, no business shall be
conducted at a stockholder meeting except in accordance with the procedures set
forth in this Section 2.11. If the Board of Directors of the meeting shall
determine, based on
the facts, that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.11, the Chairman of the Board or the person presiding at such meeting shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before such meeting shall not be transacted. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.11. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11, stockholder nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors shall be governed by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
Section 3.1. Number. The number of directors of the Corporation which shall constitute the entire Board of Directors shall initially be fixed by the incorporator and thereafter from time to time by a vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors and shall be not less than 2 nor more than 11. The number of directors of the Corporation shall initially be 2. A majority of the directors shall be independent directors, as determined under current Nasdaq National Market ("Nasdaq") rules.
Section 3.2. Nomination, Classification, Election, Term, Removal, Vacancies, Resignation and Newly Created Directorships. The nomination, classification, election, term, removal and newly created directorships shall be governed by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Any director may resign at any time upon notice of resignation to the Corporation.
Section 3.3. Powers and Duties. Subject to the applicable provisions of law, these Amended and Restated By-Laws or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, but in furtherance and not in limitation of any rights therein conferred, the Board of Directors shall have the control and management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as may be exercised by the Corporation.
Section 3.4. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the Board of Directors may be held either within or without the State of Delaware.
Section 3.5. Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders, and no notice of such meeting to the newly elected directors shall be necessary in order to legally constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or the newly elected directors may meet at such time and place as shall be fixed by the written consent of all of such directors.
Section 3.6. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held upon such notice or without notice, and at such time and at such place as shall from time to time
be determined by the Board of Directors. Such meetings shall include executive sessions of the independent directors of the Corporation.
Section 3.7. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called as provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company by a majority of the Board of Directors. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.
Section 3.8. Notice of Meetings. Notice of each special meeting of the Board of Directors (and of each regular meeting for which notice shall be required) shall be given by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and shall state the place, date and time of the meeting. Notice of each such meeting shall be given orally or shall be mailed to each director at his residence or usual place of business. If notice of less than 3 days is given, it shall be oral, whether by telephone or in person, or sent by special delivery mail or telegraph. If mailed, the notice shall be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid. Notice of any adjourned meeting, including the place, date and time of the new meeting, shall be given to all directors not present at the time of the adjournment, as well as to the other directors unless the place, date and time of the new meeting is announced at the adjourned meeting. Nothing herein contained shall preclude the directors from waiving notice as provided in Section 4.1 hereof.
Section 3.9. Quorum and Voting. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall be necessary to, and shall constitute a quorum for, the transaction of business at any meeting of directors, unless otherwise provided by any applicable provision of law, by these Amended and Restated By-Laws, or by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The act of a majority of the directors present at the time of the vote, if a quorum is present at such time, shall be the act of the Board of Directors, unless otherwise provided by an applicable provision of law, by these Amended and Restated By-Laws or by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, until a quorum shall be present.
Section 3.10. Compensation. The Board of Directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, and irrespective of any personal interest of any of its members, shall have authority to establish reasonable compensation of all directors for services to the Corporation as directors, officers or otherwise, provided that, no independent director (or a non-employee family member of such director) shall receive any payments (including political contributions) which would disqualify such director from being an independent director under then current Securities and Exchange Commission and Nasdaq regulations ($0 in the case of audit committee members), other than for Board or committee service.
Section 3.11. Books and Records. The directors may keep the books of the Corporation, except such as are required by law to be kept within the state, outside of the State of Delaware, at such place or places as they may from time to time determine.
Section 3.12. Action without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors, or by a committee of the Board of Directors, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or the committee, as the case may be, consent in writing to the adoption of a resolution authorizing the action. Any such resolution and the written consents thereto by the members of the Board of Directors or committee shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.
Section 3.13. Telephone Participation. Any one or more members of the Board of Directors, or any committee of the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or committee by means of a conference telephone call or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.
Section 3.14. Committees of the Board. The Board of Directors shall designate an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating Committee and may designate one or more other committees, each consisting of one or more directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any such committee. Such alternate members may replace any absent member or members at any meeting of such committee. Each committee (including the members thereof) shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and shall keep minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, each such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution establishing it, shall have and may exercise all the authority of the Board of Directors with respect to all matters.
ARTICLE IV
WAIVER
Section 4.1. Waiver. Whenever a notice is required to be given by any provision of law, by these Amended and Restated By-Laws, or by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, a waiver thereof in writing, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice. In addition, any stockholder attending a meeting of stockholders in person or by proxy without protesting prior to the conclusion of the meeting the lack of notice thereof to him or her, and any director attending a meeting of the Board of Directors without protesting prior to the meeting or at its commencement such lack of notice, shall be conclusively deemed to have waived notice of such meeting.
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
Section 5.1. Executive Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be a President, a Chief Executive Officer, a Secretary and a Treasurer. Any person may hold two or more of such offices. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually (and from time to time by the Board of Directors, as vacancies occur), at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors following the meeting of stockholders at which the Board of Directors was elected.
Section 5.2. Other Officers. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents, including Senior Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents, Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, as it shall at any time or from time to time deem necessary or advisable.
Section 5.3. Authorities and Duties. All officers, as between themselves and the Corporation, shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of business and affairs of the Corporation as may be provided in these By-Laws, or, to the extent not so provided, as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.
Section 5.4. Tenure and Removal. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected or appointed to hold office until their respective successors are elected or appointed. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors, and any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors for cause or without cause at any regular or special meeting.
Section 5.5. Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or removal, with or without cause, or any other reason, shall be filled by the Board of Directors.
Section 5.6. Compensation. The salaries and other compensation of all officers and agents of the Corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Board of Directors.
Section 5.7. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general supervision of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall have such powers and duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors.
Section 5.8. President. The President shall have general charge of the business and affairs of the Corporation subject to the control of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer and in the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors. The President shall perform such other duties as are properly required of him or her by the Board of Directors.
Section 5.9. Vice President. Each Vice President (including Senior Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents), if any, shall perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the President, the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.
Section 5.10. Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall record all proceedings taken at such meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall see that all notices of meetings of stockholders and meetings of the Board of Directors are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws or as required by law; the Secretary shall be the custodian of the records and of the corporate seal or seals of the Corporation; the Secretary shall have authority to affix the corporate seal or seals to all documents, the execution of which, on behalf of the
Corporation, under its seal, is duly authorized, and when so affixed it may be attested by the Secretary's signature; and in general, the Secretary shall perform all duties incident to the office of the Secretary of a corporation, and such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
Section 5.11. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have charge of and be responsible for all funds, securities, receipts and disbursements of the Corporation and shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, in the name and to the credit of the Corporation, all moneys and valuable effects in such banks, trust companies, or other depositories as shall from time to time be selected by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation; the Treasurer shall render to the President, the Chief Executive Officer and each member of the Board of Directors, whenever requested, an account of all of his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation; and in general, the Treasurer shall perform all of the duties incident to the office of the Treasurer of a corporation, and such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
Section 5.12. Other Officers. The Board of Directors may also elect or may delegate to the President or the Chief Executive Officer the power to appoint such other officers as it may at any time or from time to time deem advisable, and any officers so elected or appointed shall have such authority and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the President or the Chief Executive Officer, if he or she shall have appointed them, may from time to time prescribe.
ARTICLE VI
PROVISIONS RELATING TO STOCK CERTIFICATES AND STOCKHOLDERS
Section 6.1. Form and Signature. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President and by the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer and shall bear the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof. Each certificate representing shares shall state upon its face (a) that the Corporation is formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, (b) the name of the person or persons to whom it is issued, (c) the number of shares which such certificate represents and (d) the par value, if any, of each share represented by such certificate.
Section 6.2. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares of stock to receive dividends or other distributions, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of stock, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person.
Section 6.3. Transfer of Stock. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the appropriate transfer agent, if any, of the Corporation, of a certificate representing shares of stock duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer,
and, in the event that the certificate refers to any agreement restricting transfer of the shares which it represents, proper evidence of compliance with such agreement, a new certificate shall be issued to the person entitled thereto, and the old certificate cancelled and the transaction recorded upon the books of the Corporation.
Section 6.4. Lost Certificates, etc. The Corporation may issue a new certificate for shares in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, mutilated, stolen or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may require the owner of such lost, mutilated, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner's legal representatives, to make an affidavit of the fact and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, mutilation, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate.
Section 6.5. Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express written consent to any corporate action without a meeting, or for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date. Such date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.
Section 6.6. Regulations. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Board of Directors may make such additional rules and regulations, not inconsistent with these By-Laws, as it may deem expedient, concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for the securities of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars and may require all certificates for shares of capital stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.
ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 7.1. Dividends and Distributions. Dividends and other distributions upon or with respect to outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid in cash, bonds, property, or in stock of the Corporation. The Board of Directors shall have full power and discretion, subject to the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the terms of any other corporate document or instrument to determine what, if any, dividends or distributions shall be declared and paid or made.
Section 7.2. Checks, etc. All checks or demands for money and notes or other instruments evidencing indebtedness or obligations of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or other person or persons as may from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors.
Section 7.3. Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its incorporation and the words "Corporate Seal Delaware". The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.
Section 7.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.
Section 7.5. General and Special Bank Accounts. The Board of Directors may authorize from time to time the opening and keeping of general and special bank accounts with such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may designate or as may be designated by any officer or officers of the Corporation to whom such power of designation may be delegated by the Board of Directors from time to time. The Board of Directors may make such special rules and regulations with respect to such bank accounts, not inconsistent with the provisions of these By-Laws, as it may deem expedient.
ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND OTHER PERSONS
Section 8.1. Indemnification by Corporation. The indemnification of directors, officers and other persons shall be as provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
ARTICLE IX
ADOPTION AND AMENDMENTS
Section 9.1. Power to Amend. The power to adopt, amend and repeal the By-Laws shall be as provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
I HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing is a full, true, and correct copy of the Bylaws of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as in effect on the date hereof.
Dated: October 29, 2002 /s/ Judith S. Scott --------------------------------------- Judith S. Scott, Secretary |
EXHIBIT 4.2
FORM OF WARRANT
Effective as of the date of this Agreement (the "Grant Date"), Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. (the "Company") hereby grants to [_________] ("Warrantholder") warrants (the "Warrants") to acquire [_______] shares of the common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share ("Share"), subject to the terms and conditions set forth below. The exercise price per Share subject to the Warrant is $[_______] (the per Share "Exercise Price").
This Warrant is issued to Warrantholder under and pursuant to the Equity Exchange Agreement between Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., the Company and the additional parties named therein. The grant of the Warrants has been approved by the sole non-employee director of the Company and by the stockholders of the Company. [Vesting provisions of Warrants to be added.] The Warrants shall cease to be exercisable and shall terminate on [_________] (the "Expiration Date"). The Warrants may be exercised in whole or in part, but not in fractional Shares.
Once Warrantholder decides to exercise all or part of the Warrant, Warrantholder shall notify the Company by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to its principal office as to the number of Shares which he, she or it desires to purchase under the Warrants, which notice shall be accompanied by payment (by cash or certified check) of the Exercise Price. As soon as practicable thereafter, the Company shall record Warrantholder's purchase of additional Shares in accordance with its policies then in effect.
Warrantholder may not give, grant, sell, exchange, transfer legal title, pledge, assign or otherwise encumber or dispose of the Warrants or any interest herein, otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and the Warrants shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by Warrantholder.
Warrantholder shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to the Shares subject to this Warrant until such time as Warrantholder exercises the Warrants in accordance with the terms hereunder. The Company shall reserve the right to amend the terms and conditions of this award, including the number and kind of Shares and the Exercise Price, provided that no such amendment shall be made which would adversely affect Warrantholder without Warrantholder's prior written consent. In the event that the Shares are converted into a different form of security, Warrantholder's Warrants shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect such conversion as determined by the Company.
Warrantholder agrees to cooperate with the Company to take all steps necessary or appropriate for any required withholding of taxes by the Company under law or regulation in connection therewith.
The Warrant granted under this Agreement is not intended to qualify as an "incentive stock option" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
[Provisions regarding exercise of the Warrants applicable to Warrantholders which are employees of the Company to be added.]
----------------------------- PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC. Warrantholder By: ----------------------------- ------------- Name: |
Date Title:
EXHIBIT 5.1
[SWIDLER BERLIN SHEREFF FRIEDMAN, LLP LETTERHEAD]
October 30, 2002
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc.
120 Corporate Boulevard
Norfolk, Virginia 23502
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), intends to transmit for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement") relating to the sale by the Company to the underwriters of 3,470,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Common Stock") and to the sale by the selling stockholder to the underwriters of up to an additional 520,500 shares of Common Stock (all of which are subject to the underwriters' over-allotment option) which will be purchased by the underwriters from the Company and the selling stockholder pursuant to the Registration Statement. This opinion is an exhibit to the Registration Statement.
We have acted as special securities counsel to the Company and to the selling stockholder with respect to the proposed offer and sale of the Common Stock pursuant to the Registration Statement, and in such capacity we have participated in various corporate and other proceedings taken by or on behalf of the Company or the selling stockholder in connection therewith. However, we are not general counsel to the Company or the selling stockholder and would not ordinarily be familiar with or aware of matters relating to the Company or the selling stockholder unless they are brought to our attention by representatives of the Company or by the selling stockholder.
We have examined copies (in each case signed, certified or otherwise proven to our satisfaction to be genuine) of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and all amendments thereto, its Amended and Restated By-Laws as presently in effect, and minutes and other instruments evidencing actions taken by its directors and stockholders relating to the Company and the proposed offering. We have assumed the genuineness of all signatures and the authenticity of all agreements, documents, certificates and instruments submitted to us as originals and the conformity with the originals of all agreements, instruments, documents and certificates submitted to us as copies. Insofar as this opinion may relate to securities to be issued in the future, we have assumed that all applicable laws, rules and regulations in effect at the time of such issuance are the same as such laws, rules and regulations in effect as of the date hereof.
October 30, 2002
Except as expressly stated in the following sentence, we express no opinion herein as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York and the federal laws of the United States. Insofar as this opinion may involve the laws of the State of Delaware, our opinion is based solely upon our reading of the Delaware General Corporation Law, except that our opinion as to the due incorporation and valid existence of the Company is based solely upon a Certificate of Good Standing obtained from the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.
Based on the foregoing, and subject to and in reliance on the accuracy and completeness of the information relevant thereto provided to us, it is our opinion that:
1. The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has authorized capital stock consisting of 30,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.
2. The shares of Common Stock to be sold by the Company under the Registration Statement have been duly authorized and, subject to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, when issued and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the terms set forth in the Registration Statement, will be legally issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
3. The maximum of 520,500 shares of Common Stock to be sold by the selling stockholder under the Registration Statement have been duly authorized and legally issued and, subject to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, when delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the terms set forth in the Registration Statement, will be fully paid and nonassessable.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and as an exhibit to any application under the securities or other laws of any state of the United States, which relate to the offering which is the subject of this opinion, and to the reference to this firm appearing under the heading "Legal Matters" in the prospectus which is contained in the Registration Statement.
This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement, and is not to be used, circulated, quoted or otherwise relied upon for any other purpose, except as expressly provided in the preceding paragraph. This opinion is as of the date hereof and we disclaim any undertaking to update this opinion after the date hereof.
Very truly yours,
/s/ SWIDLER BERLIN SHEREFF FRIEDMAN, LLP SWIDLER BERLIN SHEREFF FRIEDMAN, LLP |
EXHIBIT 10.7
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is made this 1st day of January, 2002, between Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company with its principal place of business in the City of Norfolk, Virginia ("Company") and Steven D. Fredrickson ("Employee").
IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants contained herein and for other considerations the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.
The Company hereby hires Employee as its President. Subject to the LLC Agreement (as defined herein), he shall be vested with such authority and responsibilities as may be conferred upon him by the Management Committee of the Company (the "Management Committee") and which are appropriate and customary to his office. He shall report to and act under the direction of the Management Committee. The Employee accepts such employment and agrees to diligently and faithfully exercise the authority and discharge the responsibility of his office to the best of his ability, devoting substantially all of his business time, attention, and services to the affairs of the Company. Except with the consent of the Management Committee, the Employee shall not engage in any other pursuits for compensation while serving as an officer of the Company.
2. PLACE OF PERFORMANCE.
The principal place of employment of Employee shall be at the Company's principal executive offices in Norfolk, Virginia or where such offices may be relocated within a twenty-five (25) mile radius of Norfolk, Virginia (the "Metropolitan Area"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee may be required to travel beyond the Metropolitan Area as may be reasonably required to perform his duties hereunder.
3. COMPENSATION.
(a) Base Salary. The Employee shall be paid a base salary at the rate of $190,000 per year, which shall be paid in approximately equal installments consent with the Company's payroll policy, as it may exist from time to time ("Base Salary"). Following the first anniversary of the Commencement Date (as defined herein) and for each anniversary thereafter during the Employment Period (as defined herein), Base Salary shall be increased annually by no less than 4% over the immediately preceding year's Base Salary.
(b) Management Bonus Program. The performance of the business shall be reviewed at the end of each operating year and compared to such goals as are set forth in the business plan for that year as developed and presented by the Operating Member of the Company and approved by its Management Committee (the "Business Plan"). If the results of
operations for the year achieve the net profitability goals for the year specified in the approved Business Plan, a bonus equal to no less than forty percent (40%) of the Employee's Base Salary shall be paid to him (the "Bonus"). If the results of operations for the year exceed the net profitability goals of the approved Business Plan, the amount of the Employee's Bonus may be increased in recognition of the degree to which performance exceeded such goals, and the Employee's contribution to such superior performance results as determined in the sole discretion of the Management Committee. If the results of operations for the year fail to achieve such net profitability goals, the amount (if any) of the Employee's Bonus shall be within the absolute discretion of the Management Committee.
(c) Benefits. The Employee shall be entitled to a benefits package consisting of: (i) four (4) weeks paid annual vacation and (ii) such other employee benefits programs as may be offered by the Company to other employees, provided that he shall not be entitled to participate in any incentive bonus program adopted for non-management level employees during the time the Management Bonus Program is in effect. In addition, the Company shall reimburse Employee for reasonable business expenses incurred by Employee upon appropriate documentation and in accordance with Company policies for senior executives, as they may exist from time to time. The Company shall reimburse Employee for his reasonable legal fees incurred with respect to the preparation of this Agreement; provided that, such reimbursement shall not exceed $5,000.
(d) Warrants. The Employee was granted warrants to acquire equity interests in the Company in accordance with the terms set forth in Exhibit A to the Employment Agreement between the Employee and the Company dated March 31, 1999.
4. TERM
The period of employment of Employee by the Company hereunder (the "Employment Period") shall commence on the date hereof (the "Commencement Date") and shall continue through the third anniversary thereof; provided, that, commencing on the third anniversary of the Commencement Date and each anniversary thereafter, the Employment Period shall be automatically extended for one (1) additional year unless either party shall notify the other party at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the Employment Period that it intends to let the Agreement expire. The Employment Period may be sooner terminated by either party in accordance with Section 5 of this Agreement.
In an event of a Change of Control, the period of employment shall be automatically extended by 24 months from the date of the event.
For purposes of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall mean a reorganization or recapitalization of the Company, whether by merger, sale of substantially all of its assets except in the ordinary course of business, share exchange or sale, or other form or structure of transaction which when given effect will result in Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P. and its affiliates ceasing to hold at least a majority of the outstanding Units. In the event of an impending Change
in Control, the Company shall provide Employee as much advance notice as administratively possible prior to such Change in Control.
5. TERMINATION.
Employee's employment hereunder may be terminated during the Employment Period under the following circumstances:
(a) Death. Employee's employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.
(b) Disability. If, as a result of Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Employee shall have been substantially unable to perform his duties hereunder for an entire period of six (6) consecutive months or nine (9) months in any twelve (12) month period, and within thirty (30) days after written Notice of Termination is given after such period, Employee shall not have returned to the substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis, the Company shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment hereunder for "Disability", and such termination in and of itself shall not be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.
(c) Cause. The Company shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment for Cause, and such termination in and of itself shall not be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall have "Cause" to terminate Employee's employment upon Employee's:
(i) conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony; or
(ii) willful and continued failure to use reasonable best efforts to substantially perform his duties hereunder (other than such failure resulting from Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness or subsequent to the issuance of a Notice of Termination by Employee for Good Reason) or to obey the lawful written directives of the Management Committee after demand for substantial performance is delivered by the Company in writing that specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes Employee has not used reasonable best efforts to substantially perform his duties; or
(iii) willful misconduct (including, but not limited to, a willful breach of the provisions of Section 9) that is economically injurious to the Company or to any entity in control of, controlled by or under common control with the Company ("Affiliates").
(d) Good Reason. Employee may terminate his employment for "Good Reason" within thirty (30) days after Employee has actual knowledge of the occurrence, without the written consent of Employee, of one of the following events that has not been cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof has been given by Employee to the Company:
(i) the relocation of the Company's principal executive offices or Employee's own office to a location beyond the Metropolitan Area; or
(ii) the Company's failure to provide any material payments due to be provided to Employee.
Employee's right to terminate his employment hereunder for Good Reason shall not be affected by his incapacity due to physical or mental illness. Employee's continued employment during the thirty (30) day period referred to above in this paragraph (d) shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any act or failure to act constituting Good Reason hereunder.
(e) Without Cause. The Company shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment hereunder without Cause by providing Employee with a Notice of Termination, and such termination shall not in and of itself be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.
(f) Without Good Reason. Employee shall have the right to terminate his employment hereunder without Good Reason by providing the Company with a Notice of Termination, and such termination shall not in and of itself be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.
(g) Expiration of the Term. Unless the Company and the Employee agree to continue the employment on an at will basis pending negotiation of a new employment agreement, Employee's employment shall terminate upon the expiration of the Employment Period and such expiration shall not be deemed to be a termination by the Company without Cause.
6. TERMINATION PROCEDURE.
(a) Notice of Termination. Any termination of Employee's employment by the Company or by Employee during the Employment Period (other than termination pursuant to Section 5(a)) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 12. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Employee's employment under the provision so indicated.
(b) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" shall mean (i) if Employee's employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death, (ii) if Employee's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(b), thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination (provided that Employee shall not have returned to the substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such thirty (30) day period), (iii) if Employee's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(g), the date of expiration, and (iv) if Employee's employment is terminated for any other reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given or any later date (within thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice) set forth in such Notice of Termination.
7. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OR DURING DISABILITY.
In the event Employee is disabled or his employment terminates during the Employment Period, the Company shall provide Employee with the payments and benefits set forth below. Employee acknowledges and agrees that the payments set forth in this Section 7
constitute liquidated damages for any claim of breach of contract under this Agreement as it relates to termination of his employment during the Employment Period. In order to receive any of the payments set forth below, prior to the payments of such amounts, Employee shall execute and agree to be bound by an agreement relating to the waiver and general release of any and all claims (other than claims for the compensation and benefits payable under Section 7 hereof) arising out of or relating to Employee's employment and termination of employment (the "Release"). Such Release must be made in a form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and shall run in favor of the Company and its affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns.
(a) Termination by Company without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason. If Employee's employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason:
(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) the greater of a lump-sum payment equal to two (2) times Employee's then current Base Salary or the minimum Base Salary due under the remaining Employment Period and (C) the greater of a lump-sum payment equal to two (2) times the amount of the Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the year of termination or the target Bonus due under the remaining Employment Period. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release;
(ii) the Company shall provide a reasonable allowance for outplacement services, not to exceed $7,500;
(iii) For the longer of twelve (12) months or the remaining Employment Period following such termination, the Company shall continue to provide Employee with the same level of medical benefits upon substantially the same terms and conditions (including contributions required by Employee for such benefits) as existed immediately prior to Employee's termination; provided, that, if Employee cannot continue to participate in the Company's plans providing such benefits, the Company shall reimburse Employee the cost of obtaining such benefits as if continued participation had been permitted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Employee becomes re-employed with another employer and becomes eligible to receive comparable benefits from such employer, the benefit described in this clause (iii) shall cease; and
(iv) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.
(b) Cause, by Employee without Good Reason or upon Expiration of the Employment Period. If Employee's employment is terminated by the company for Cause or by Employee (other than for Good Reason) or upon expiration of the Employment Period:
(i) the Company shall pay Employee his Base Salary and, to the
extent required by law or the Company's vacation policy, his accrued
vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable
following the Date of Termination; provided, that, if the Employee's
termination of employment occurs do to an expiration of the Employment
Period initiated by a notice provided to Employee by the Company under
Section 4 of the Agreement, notwithstanding the foregoing and in lieu
thereof, the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and
accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as
practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment
equal to one-half (0.5) times Employee's then current Base Salary and
(C) a lump-sum payment equal to one-half (0.5) times the amount of the
Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the
year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof
shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date
of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more
than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release; and
(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.
(c) Disability. During any period that Employee fails to
perform his duties hereunder as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental
illness ("Disability Period"), Employee shall continue to receive his full Base
Salary set forth in Section 3(a) until his employment is terminated pursuant to
Section 5(b); provided that, any such amounts shall be off-set, on a dollar for
dollar basis, for each dollar Employee receives by any disability insurance or
social security benefit. In the event Employee's employment is terminated for
Disability pursuant to Section 5(b):
(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, off-set, on a dollar for dollar basis, for each dollar Employee receives by any disability insurance or social security benefit, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination and (B) a Bonus, for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, pro-rated to the Date of Termination and payable at the same time as bonuses are customarily paid; and
(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.
(d) Death. If Employee's employment is terminated by his death:
(i) the Company shall pay in a lump sum to Employee's beneficiary, legal representatives or estate, as the case may be, Employee's (A) Base Salary through the Date of Termination and (B) Bonus, for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, pro-rated to the Date of Termination and payable at the same time as bonuses are customarily paid; and
(ii) Employee's beneficiary, legal representatives or estate, as the case may be,
shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and benefits as may be due to any such persons or estate in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.
8. MITIGATION.
Except as otherwise noted above, Employee shall not be required to mitigate amounts payable under this Agreement by seeking other employment, and there shall be no offset against amounts due Employee under this Agreement on account of subsequent employment except as specifically provided herein.
9. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS; NON-COMPETITION.
(a) Confidential Information. Employee shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all trade secrets and confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company and its businesses and investments, which shall have been obtained by Employee during Employee's employment by the Company and which is not generally available public knowledge (other than by acts by Employee in violation of this Agreement). Except as may be required or appropriate in connection with his carrying out his duties under this Agreement, Employee shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or any legal process, or as is necessary in connection with any adversarial proceeding against the Company (in which case Employee shall use his reasonable best efforts in cooperating with the Company in obtaining a protective order against disclosure by a court of competent jurisdiction), communicate or divulge any such trade secrets, information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated by the Company or on behalf of the Company in the furtherance of its business or to perform duties hereunder.
(b) Removal of Documents: Rights to Products. All records, files, drawings, documents, models, equipment, and the like relating to the Company's business, which Employee has control over shall not be removed from the Company's premises without its written consent, unless such removal is in the furtherance of the Company's business or is in connection with Employee's carrying out his duties under this Agreement and, if so removed, shall be returned to the Company promptly after termination of Employee's employment hereunder, or otherwise promptly after removal if such removal occurs following termination of employment. Employee shall assign to the Company all rights to trade secrets and other products relating to the Company's business developed by him alone or in conjunction with others at any time while employed by the Company.
(c) Nonsolicitation. During the Employment Period and for two
(2) years after Employee's employment is terminated for any reason, Employee
will not, directly or indirectly, solicit the customers, suppliers or key
employees of the Company to terminate their relationship with the Company (or to
modify such relationship in a manner that is adverse to the interests of the
Company), or to violate any valid contracts they may have with the Company.
(d) Noncompetition. During the Employment Period and for one
(1) year after Employee's employment is terminated for any reason (other than
pursuant to Sections 5(d)
and 5(e)), Employee will not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, control, be employed by, or perform services for any business, howsoever organized and in whatsoever form, that engages in the same or a similar line of business as the Company, as determined from its latest Business Plan, and which is located in the market area of the Company existing on the date of termination of Employee's employment with Company.
(e) Blue Pencil. If, at any time, the provisions of this
Section 9 shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, by reason of
being vague or unreasonable as to area, duration or scope of activity, this
Section 9 shall be considered divisible and shall become and be immediately
amended to only such area, duration and scope of activity as shall be determined
to be reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction
over the matter and Employee agrees that this Section 9 as so amended shall be
valid and binding as though any invalid or unenforceable provision had not been
included herein.
(f) Injuctive Relief. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 9, Employee agrees that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in a court of appropriate jurisdiction to remedy any such breach or threatened breach, Employee acknowledging that damages would be inadequate and insufficient.
(g) Continuing Operation. Except as specifically provided in this Section 9, the termination of Employee's employment or of this Agreement shall have no effect on the continuing operation of this Section 9.
10. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY.
The limitation of liability and indemnity provisions of
Section 3.8(b)(c) and (d) of the LLC Agreement are a contractual benefit to the
Employee and are a material consideration for his employment.
11. GOVERNING LAW; LEGAL FEES AND EXPENSES.
This Agreement, the employment relationship contemplated herein and any claim arising from such relationship, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules. If any contest or dispute shall arise between the Company and Employee regarding the provisions of this Agreement, each party shall be responsible for the payment of its own legal fees and expenses relating to such claim or dispute regardless of outcome.
12. NOTICES.
All notices hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail with adequate postage affixed, as follows:
If to the Company, to:
Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
c/o Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P.
245 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10067
Attn: David Roberts
If to the Employee, to:
Steven D. Fredrickson
3208 Stapleford Chase
Virginia Beach, VA 23452
13. LLC AGREEMENT.
The term "LLC Agreement" as used herein shall mean the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated as of the date hereof. All capitalized terms appearing in the text of this Agreement shall have the same meanings as they have in the LLC Agreement to the extent not defined herein.
14. SUCCESSORS; BINDING AGREEMENT.
(a) Company's Successors. The Company may assign or transfer this Agreement; provided, that, the Company will require any successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such assignment or transfer had taken place.
(b) Employee's Successors. No rights or obligations of Employee under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by Employee other than his rights to payments or benefits hereunder, which may be transferred only by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Upon Employee's death, this Agreement and all rights of Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Employee's beneficiary or beneficiaries, personal or legal representative, or estate, to the extent any such person succeeds to Employee's interests under this Agreement. Employee shall be entitled to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any benefit or compensation payable hereunder following Employee's death by giving the Company written notice thereof. In the event of Employee's death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in this Agreement to Employee shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to his beneficiar(y)(ies), estate or other legal representative(s). If Employee should die following his Date of Termination while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts unless otherwise provided herein shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to such person or persons so appointed in writing by Employee, or otherwise to his legal representatives or estate.
15. MISCELLANEOUS.
No provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified, or waived unless such amendment or modification is agreed to in writing signed by Employee and by a duly authorized officer of the Company, and such waiver is set forth in writing and signed by the party to be charged. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive Employee's termination of employment and the termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary for the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.
16. VALIDITY.
The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.
17. COUNTERPARTS.
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
18. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.
This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by any officer, employee or representative of any party hereto in respect of such subject matter. Any prior agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein is hereby terminated and cancelled.
19. WITHHOLDING.
All payments hereunder shall be subject to any required withholding of Federal, state and local taxes pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
20. SECTION HEADINGS.
The section headings in this Employment Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and they form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect its interpretation.
"Company":
PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
By: /s/ Josh Brain ------------------------------------ Name: Josh Brain Title: Capital Manager |
"Employee":
By: /s/ Steven D. Fredrickson ------------------------------------ Steven D. Fredrickson |
EXHIBIT 10.8
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is made this 1st day of January, 2002, between Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company with its principal place of business in the City of Norfolk, Virginia ("Company") and Kevin P. Stevenson ("Employee").
IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants contained herein and for other considerations the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.
The Company hereby hires Employee as a Senior Vice President. Subject to the LLC Agreement (as defined herein), he shall be vested with such authority and responsibilities as may be conferred upon him by the Management Committee of the Company (the "Management Committee") and the President of the Company (the "President") and which are appropriate and customary to his office. He shall report to and act under the direction of the President. The Employee accepts such employment and agrees to diligently and faithfully exercise the authority and discharge the responsibility of his office to the best of his ability, devoting substantially all of his business time, attention, and services to the affairs of the Company. Except with the consent of the Management Committee, the Employee shall not engage in any other pursuits for compensation while serving as an officer of the Company.
2. PLACE OF PERFORMANCE.
The principal place of employment of Employee shall be at the Company's principal executive offices in Norfolk, Virginia or where such offices may be relocated within a twenty-five (25) mile radius of Norfolk, Virginia (the "Metropolitan Area"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee may be required to travel beyond the Metropolitan Area as may be reasonably required to perform his duties hereunder.
3. COMPENSATION.
(a) Base Salary. The Employee shall be paid a base salary at the rate of $120,000 per year, which shall be paid in approximately equal installments consistent with the Company's payroll policy, as it may exist from time to time ("Base Salary"). Following the first anniversary of the Commencement Date (as defined herein) and for each anniversary thereafter during the Employment Period (as defined herein), Base Salary shall be increased annually by no less than 4% over the immediately preceding year's Base Salary.
(b) Management Bonus Program. The performance of the business shall be reviewed at the end of each operating year and compared to such goals as are set forth in the business plan for that year as developed and presented by the Operating Member of the Company and approved by its Management Committee (the "Business Plan"). If the results of operations for the year achieve the net profitability goals for the year specified in the approved
Business Plan and Employee's contribution to such performance results are satisfactory as determined in the sole discretion of the Management Committee, a bonus equal to no less than thirty-three percent (33%) of the Employee's Base Salary shall be paid to him (the "Bonus"). If the results of operations for the year exceed the net profitability goals of the approved Business Plan, the amount of the Employee's Bonus may be increased in recognition of the degree to which performance exceeded such goals, and the Employee's contribution to such superior performance results as determined in the sole discretion of the Management Committee. If the results of operations for the year fail to achieve such net profitability goals, the amount (if any) of the Employee's Bonus shall be within the absolute discretion of the Management Committee.
(c) Benefits. The Employee shall be entitled to a benefits package consisting of: (i) four (4) weeks paid annual vacation and (ii) such other employee benefits programs as may be offered by the Company to other employees, provided that he shall not be entitled to participate in any incentive bonus program adopted for non-management level employees during the time the Management Bonus Program is in effect. In addition, the Company shall reimburse Employee for reasonable business expenses incurred by Employee upon appropriate documentation and in accordance with Company policies for senior executives, as they may exist from time to time. The Company shall reimburse Employee for his reasonable legal fees incurred with respect to the preparation of this Agreement; provided, that, such reimbursement shall not exceed $1,000.
(d) Warrants. The Employee was granted warrants to acquire equity interests in the Company in accordance with the terms set forth in Exhibit A to the Employment Agreement between the Employee and the Company dated March 31, 1999.
4. TERM.
The period of employment of Employee by the Company hereunder (the "Employment Period") shall commence on the date hereof (the "Commencement Date") and shall continue through the third anniversary thereof; provided, that, commencing on the third anniversary of the Commencement Date and each anniversary thereafter, the Employment Period shall be automatically extended for one (1) additional year unless either party shall notify the other party at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the Employment Period that it intends to let the Agreement expire. The Employment Period may be sooner terminated by either party in accordance with Section 5 of this Agreement.
In an event of a Change of Control, the period of employment shall be automatically extended by 24 months from the date of the event.
For purposes of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall mean a reorganization or recapitalization of the Company, whether by merger, sale of substantially all of its assets except in the ordinary course of business, share exchange or sale, or other form or structure of transaction which when given effect will result in Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P. and its affiliates ceasing to hold at least a majority of the outstanding Units. In the event of an impending Change in Control, the Company shall provide Employee as much advance notice as administratively possible prior to such Change in Control.
5. TERMINATION.
Employee's employment hereunder maybe terminated during the Employment Period under the following circumstances:
(a) Death. Employee's employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.
(b) Disability. If, as a result of Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Employee shall have been substantially unable to perform his duties hereunder for an entire period of six (6) consecutive months or nine (9) months in any twelve (12) month period, and within thirty (30) days after written Notice of Termination is given after such period, Employee shall not have returned to the substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis, the Company shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment hereunder for "Disability", and such termination in and of itself shall not be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.
(c) Cause. The Company shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment for Cause, and such termination in and of itself shall not be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall have "Cause" to terminate Employee's employment upon Employee's:
(i) conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony; or
(ii) willful and continued failure to use reasonable best efforts to substantially perform his duties hereunder (other than such failure resulting from Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness or subsequent to the issuance of a Notice of Termination by Employee for Good Reason) or to obey the lawful written directives of the Management Committee or the President after demand for substantial performance is delivered by the Company in writing that specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes Employee has not used reasonable best efforts to substantially perform his duties; or
(iii) willful misconduct (including, but not limited to, a willful breach of the provisions of Section 9) that is economically injurious to the Company or to any entity in control of, controlled by or under common control with the Company ("Affiliates").
(d) Good Reason. Employee may terminate his employment for "Good Reason" within thirty (30) days after Employee has actual knowledge of the occurrence, without the written consent of Employee, of one of the following events that has not been cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof has been given by Employee to the Company:
(i) the relocation of the Company's principal executive offices or Employee's own office location to a location beyond the Metropolitan Area; or
(ii) the Company's failure to provide any material payments due to be provided to Employee.
Employee's right to terminate his employment hereunder for Good Reason shall not be affected by his incapacity due to physical or mental illness. Employee's continued employment during the thirty (30) day period referred to above in this paragraph (d) shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any act or failure to act constituting Good Reason hereunder.
(e) Without Cause. The Management Committee or the President shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment hereunder without Cause by providing Employee with a Notice of Termination, and such termination shall not in and of itself be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.
(f) Without Good Reason. Employee shall have the right to terminate his employment hereunder without Good Reason by providing the Company with a Notice of Termination, and such termination shall not in and of itself be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.
(g) Expiration of the Term. Unless the Company and the Employee agree to continue the employment on an at will basis pending negotiation of a new employment agreement, Employee's employment shall terminate upon the expiration of the Employment Period and such expiration shall not be deemed to be a termination by the Management Committee or the President without Cause.
6. TERMINATION PROCEDURE.
(a) Notice of Termination. Any termination of Employee's employment by the Company or by Employee during the Employment Period (other than termination pursuant to Section 5(a)) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 12. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Employee's employment under the provision so indicated.
(b) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" shall mean (i) if Employee's employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death, (ii) if Employee's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(b), thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination (provided that Employee shall not have returned to the substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such thirty (30) day period), (iii) if Employee's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(g), the date of expiration, and (iv) if Employee's employment is terminated for any other reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given or any later date (within thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice) set forth in such Notice of Termination.
7. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OR DURING DISABILITY.
In the event Employee is disabled or his employment terminates during the Employment Period, the Company shall provide Employee with the payments and benefits set forth below. Employee acknowledges and agrees that the payments set forth in this Section 7 constitute liquidated damages for any claim of breach of contract under this Agreement as it relates to termination of his employment during the Employment Period. In order to receive any
of the payments set forth below, prior to the payments of such amounts, Employee shall execute and agree to be bound by an agreement relating to the waiver and general release of any and all claims (other than claims for the compensation and benefits payable under Section 7 hereof) arising out of or relating to Employee's employment and termination of employment (the "Release"). Such Release must be made in a form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and shall run in favor of the Company and its affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns.
(a) Termination by Management Committee without Cause or by any individual (other than Steven D. Fredrickson) serving as President without Cause. If Employee's employment is terminated by the Management Committee without Cause or by any individual (other than Steven D. Fredrickson) serving as President without Cause:
(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment equal to two (2) times Employee's then current Base Salary and (C) a lump-sum payment equal to two (2) times the amount of the Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release; and
(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.
(b) Termination by Steven D. Fredrickson if serving as the President without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason. If Employee's employment is terminated by Steven D. Fredrickson if serving as the President without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason:
(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment equal to one (1) times Employee's then current Base Salary and (C) a lump-sum payment equal to one (1) times the amount of the Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release; and
(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.
(c) Cause by Employee without Good Reason or upon Expiration of the Employment Period. If Employee's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or by Employee (other than for Good Reason) or upon expiration of the Employment Period:
(i) the Company shall pay Employee his Base Salary and, to the
extent required by law or the Company's vacation policy, his accrued
vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable
following the Date of Termination; provided, that, if the Employee's
termination of employment occurs do to an expiration of the Employment
Period initiated by a notice provided to Employee by the Company under
Section 4 of the Agreement, notwithstanding the foregoing and in lieu
thereof, the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued
vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable
following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment equal to
one-half (0.5) times Employee's then current Base Salary and (C) a
lump-sum payment equal to one-half (0.5) times the amount of the Bonus, if
any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the year of
termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof shall be made
as soon as administratively feasible following the Date of Termination and
execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45)
days following the execution of such Release; and
(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.
(d) Disability. During any period that Employee fails to perform his
duties hereunder as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness
("Disability Period"), Employee shall continue to receive his full Base Salary
set forth in Section 3(a) until his employment is terminated pursuant to Section
5(b); provided, that, any such amounts shall be off-set, on a dollar for dollar
basis, for each dollar Employee receives by any disability insurance or social
security benefit. In the event Employee's employment is terminated for
Disability pursuant to Section 5(b):
(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, off-set, on a dollar for dollar basis, for each dollar Employee receives by any disability insurance or social security benefit, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination and (B) a Bonus, for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, pro-rated to the Date of Termination and payable at the same time as bonuses are customarily paid; and
(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.
(e) Death. If Employee's employment is terminated by his death:
(i) the Company shall pay in a lump sum to Employee's beneficiary, legal representatives or estate, as the case may be, Employee's (A) Base Salary through the Date of Termination and (B) Bonus, for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, pro-rated to the Date of Termination and payable at the same time as bonuses are customarily paid; and
(ii) Employee's beneficiary, legal representatives or estate, as the case may be,
shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and benefits as may be due to any such persons or estate in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.
8. MITIGATION.
Except as otherwise noted above, Employee shall not be required to mitigate amounts payable under this Agreement by seeking other employment, and there shall be no offset against amounts due Employee under this Agreement on account of subsequent employment except as specifically provided herein.
9. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS; NON-COMPETITION.
(a) Confidential Information. Employee shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all trade secrets and confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company and its businesses and investments, which shall have been obtained by Employee during Employee's employment by the Company and which is not generally available public knowledge (other than by acts by Employee in violation of this Agreement). Except as may be required or appropriate in connection with his carrying out his duties under this Agreement, Employee shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or any legal process, or as is necessary in connection with any adversarial proceeding against the Company (in which case Employee shall use his reasonable best efforts in cooperating with the Company in obtaining a protective order against disclosure by a court of competent jurisdiction), communicate or divulge any such trade secrets, information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated by the Company or on behalf of the Company in the furtherance of its business or to perform duties hereunder.
(b) Removal of Documents; Rights to Products. All records, files, drawings, documents, models, equipment, and the like relating to the Company's business, which Employee has control over shall not be removed from the Company's premises without its written consent, unless such removal is in the furtherance of the Company's business or is in connection with Employee's carrying out his duties under this Agreement and, if so removed, shall be returned to the Company promptly after termination of Employee's employment hereunder, or otherwise promptly after removal if such removal occurs following termination of employment. Employee shall assign to the Company all rights to trade secrets and other products relating to the Company's business developed by him alone or in conjunction with others at any time while employed by the Company.
(c) Nonsolicitation. During the Employment Period and for two (2) years after Employee's employment is terminated for any reason, Employee will not, directly or indirectly, solicit the customers, suppliers or key employees of the Company to terminate their relationship with the Company (or to modify such relationship in a manner that is adverse to the interests of the Company), or to violate any valid contracts they may have with the Company.
(d) Noncompetition. During the Employment Period and for one (1) year after Employee's employment is terminated for any reason (other than pursuant to Section 5(d),
by the Management Committee under Section 5(e), and by any individual (other than Steven D. Fredrickson) serving as President under Section 5(e)), Employee will not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, control, be employed by, or perform services for any business, howsoever organized and in whatsoever form, that engages in the same or a similar line of business as the Company, as determined from its latest Business Plan, and which is located in the market area of the Company existing on the date of termination of Employee's employment with Company.
(e) Blue Pencil. If, at any time, the provisions of this Section 9 shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, by reason of being vague or unreasonable as to area, duration or scope of activity, this Section 9 shall be considered divisible and shall become and be immediately amended to only such area, duration and scope of activity as shall be determined to be reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction over the matter and Employee agrees that this Section 9 as so amended shall be valid and binding as though any invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included herein.
(f) Injunctive Relief. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 9, Employee agrees that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in a court of appropriate jurisdiction to remedy any such breach or threatened breach, Employee acknowledging that damages would be inadequate and insufficient.
(g) Continuing Operation. Except as specifically provided in this
Section 9, the termination of Employee's employment or of this Agreement shall
have no effect on the continuing operation of this Section 9.
10. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY.
The limitation of liability and indemnity provisions of Section 3.8(b)(c) and (d) of the LLC Agreement are a contractual benefit to the Employee and are a material consideration for his employment.
11. GOVERNING LAW; LEGAL FEES AND EXPENSES.
This Agreement, the employment relationship contemplated herein and any claim arising from such relationship, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules. If any contest or dispute shall arise between the Company and Employee regarding the provisions of this Agreement, each party shall be responsible for the payment of its own legal fees and expenses relating to such claim or dispute regardless of outcome.
12. NOTICES.
All notices hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail with adequate postage affixed, as follows:
If to the Company, to:
Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
c/o Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P.
245 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10067
Attn: David Roberts
If to the Employee, to:
Kevin P. Stevenson
2364 Ken Drive
Virginia Beach, VA 23454
13. LLC AGREEMENT.
The term "LLC Agreement" as used herein shall mean the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated as of the date hereof. All capitalized terms appearing in the text of this Agreement shall have the same meanings as they have in the LLC Agreement to the extent not defined herein.
14. SUCCESSORS; BINDING AGREEMENT.
(a) Company's Successors. The Company may assign or transfer this Agreement; provided, that, the Company will require any successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such assignment or transfer had taken place.
(b) Employee's Successors. No rights or obligations of Employee under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by Employee other than his rights to payments or benefits hereunder, which may be transferred only by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Upon Employee's death, this Agreement and all rights of Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Employee's beneficiary or beneficiaries, personal or legal representative, or estate, to the extent any such person succeeds to Employee's interests under this Agreement. Employee shall be entitled to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any benefit or compensation payable hereunder following Employee's death by giving the Company written notice thereof. In the event of Employee's death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in this Agreement to Employee shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to his beneficiar(y)(ies), estate or other legal representative(s). If Employee should die following his Date of Termination while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts unless otherwise provided herein shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to such person or persons so appointed in writing by Employee, or otherwise to his legal representatives or estate.
15. MISCELLANEOUS.
No provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified, or waived unless such amendment or modification is agreed to in writing signed by Employee and by a duly authorized officer of the Company, and such waiver is set forth in writing and signed by the party to be charged. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive Employee's termination of employment and the termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary for the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.
16. VALIDITY.
The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.
17. COUNTERPARTS.
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
18. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.
This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by any officer, employee or representative of any party hereto in respect of such subject matter. Any prior agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein is hereby terminated and cancelled.
19. WITHHOLDING.
All payments hereunder shall be subject to any required withholding of Federal, state and local taxes pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
20. SECTION HEADINGS.
The section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and they form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect its interpretation.
"COMPANY":
PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
By: /s/ JOSHUA BRAIN ----------------------------------- Name: Joshua Brain Title: Capital Manager |
"EMPLOYEE":
By: /s/ KEVIN P. STEVENSON ----------------------------------- Kevin P. Stevenson |
EXHIBIT 10.9
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is made this 1st day of January, 2002, between Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company with its principal place of business in the City of Norfolk, Virginia ("Company") and Craig A. Grube ("Employee").
IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants contained herein and for other considerations the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.
The Company hereby hires Employee as a Senior Vice President. Subject to the LLC Agreement (as defined herein), he shall be vested with such authority and responsibilities as may be conferred upon him by the Management Committee of the Company (the "Management Committee") and the President of the Company (the "President") and which are appropriate and customary to his office. He shall report to and act under the direction of the President. The Employee accepts such employment and agrees to diligently and faithfully exercise the authority and discharge the responsibility of his office to the best of his ability, devoting substantially all of his business time, attention, and services to the affairs of the Company. Except with the consent of the Management Committee, the Employee shall not engage in any other pursuits for compensation while serving as an officer of the Company.
2. PLACE OF PERFORMANCE.
The principal place of employment of Employee shall be at the Company's principal executive offices in Norfolk, Virginia or where such offices may be relocated within a twenty-five (25) mile radius of Norfolk, Virginia (the "Metropolitan Area"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee may be required to travel beyond the Metropolitan Area as may be reasonably required to perform his duties hereunder.
3. COMPENSATION.
(a) Base Salary. The Employee shall be paid a base salary at the rate of $120,000 per year, which shall be paid in approximately equal installments consistent with the Company's payroll policy, as it may exist from time to time ("Base Salary"). Following the first anniversary of the Commencement Date (as defined herein) and for each anniversary thereafter during the Employment Period (as defined herein), Base Salary shall be increased annually by no less than 4% over the immediately preceding year's Base Salary.
(b) Management Bonus Program. The performance of the business shall be reviewed at the end of each operating year and compared to such goals as are set forth in the business plan for that year as developed and presented by the Operating Member of the Company and approved by its Management Committee (the "Business Plan"). If the results of operations for the year achieve the net profitability goals for the year specified in the approved
Business Plan and Employee's contribution to such performance results are satisfactory as determined in the sole discretion of the Management Committee, a bonus equal to no less than thirty-three percent (33%) of the Employee's Base Salary shall be paid to him (the "Bonus"). If the results of operations for the year exceed the net profitability goals of the approved Business Plan, the amount of the Employee's Bonus may be increased in recognition of the degree to which performance exceeded such goals, and the Employee's contribution to such superior performance results as determined in the sole discretion of the Management Committee. If the results of operations for the year fail to achieve such net profitability goals, the amount (if any) of the Employee's Bonus shall be within the absolute discretion of the Management Committee.
(c) Benefits. The Employee shall be entitled to a benefits package consisting of: (i) four (4) weeks paid annual vacation and (ii) such other employee benefits programs as may be offered by the Company to other employees, provided that he shall not be entitled to participate in any incentive bonus program adopted for non-management level employees during the time the Management Bonus Program is in effect. In addition, the Company shall reimburse Employee for reasonable business expenses incurred by Employee upon appropriate documentation and in accordance with Company policies for senior executives, as they may exist from time to time. The Company shall reimburse Employee for his reasonable legal fees incurred with respect to the preparation of this Agreement; provided, that, such reimbursement shall not exceed $1,000.
(d) Warrants. The Employee was granted warrants to acquire equity interests in the Company in accordance with the terms set forth in Exhibit A to the Employment Agreement between the Employee and the Company dated March 31, 1999.
4. TERM.
The period of employment of Employee by the Company hereunder (the "Employment Period") shall commence on the date thereof (the "Commencement Date") and shall continue through the third anniversary thereof; provided, that, commencing on the third anniversary of the Commencement Date and each anniversary thereafter, the Employment Period shall be automatically extended for one (1) additional year unless either party shall notify the other party at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the Employment Period that it intends to let the Agreement expire. The Employment Period may be sooner terminated by either party in accordance with Section 5 of this Agreement.
In an event of a Change of Control, the period of employment shall be automatically extended by 24 months from the date of the event.
For purposes of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall mean a reorganization or recapitalization of the Company, whether by merger, sale of substantially all of its assets except in the ordinary course of business, share exchange or sale, or other form or structure of transaction which when given effect will result in Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P. and its affiliates ceasing to hold at least a majority of the outstanding Units. In the event of an impending Change in Control, the Company shall provide Employee as much advance notice as administratively possible prior to such Change in Control.
5. TERMINATION.
Employee's employment hereunder may be terminated during the Employment Period under the following circumstances:
(a) Death. Employee's employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.
(b) Disability. If, as a result of Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Employee shall have been substantially unable to perform his duties hereunder for an entire period of six (6) consecutive months or nine (9) months in any twelve (12) month period, and within thirty (30) days after written Notice of Termination is given after such period, Employee shall not have returned to the substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis, the Company shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment hereunder for "Disability", and such termination in and of itself shall not be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.
(c) Cause. The Company shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment for Cause, and such termination in and of itself shall not be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall have "Cause" to terminate Employee's employment upon Employee's:
(i) conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony; or
(ii) willful and continued failure to use reasonable best efforts to substantially perform his duties hereunder (other than such failure resulting from Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness or subsequent to the issuance of a Notice of Termination by Employee for Good Reason) or to obey the lawful written directives of the Management Committee or the President after demand for substantial performance is delivered by the Company in writing that specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes Employee has not used reasonable best efforts to substantially perform his duties; or
(iii) willful misconduct (including, but not limited to, a willful breach of the provisions of Section 9) that is economically injurious to the Company or to any entity in control of, controlled by or under common control with the Company ("Affiliates").
(d) Good Reason. Employee may terminate his employment for "Good Reason" within thirty (30) days after Employee has actual knowledge of the occurrence, without the written consent of Employee, of one of the following events that has not been cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof has been given by Employee to the Company:
(i) the relocation of the Company's principal executive offices or Employee's own office location to a location beyond the Metropolitan Area; or
(ii) the Company's failure to provide any material payments due to be provided to Employee.
Employee's right to terminate his employment hereunder for Good Reason shall not be affected by his incapacity due to physical or mental illness. Employee's continued employment during the thirty (30) day period referred to above in this paragraph (d) shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any act or failure to act constituting Good Reason hereunder.
(e) Without Cause. The Management Committee or the President shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment hereunder without Cause by providing Employee with a Notice of Termination, and such termination shall not in and of itself be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.
(f) Without Good Reason. Employee shall have the right to terminate his employment hereunder without Good Reason by providing the Company with a Notice of Termination, and such termination shall not in and of itself be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.
(g) Expiration of the Term. Unless the Company and the Employee agree to continue the employment on an at will basis pending negotiation of a new employment agreement, Employee's employment shall terminate upon the expiration of the Employment Period and such expiration shall not be deemed to be a termination by the Management Committee or the President without Cause.
6. TERMINATION PROCEDURE.
(a) Notice of Termination. Any termination of Employee's employment by the Company or by Employee during the Employment Period (other than termination pursuant to Section 5(a)) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 12. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Employee's employment under the provision so indicated.
(b) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" shall mean (i) if Employee's employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death, (ii) if Employee's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(b), thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination (provided that Employee shall not have returned to the substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such thirty (30) day period), (iii) if Employee's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(g), the date of expiration, and (iv) if Employee's employment is terminated for any other reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given or any later date (within thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice) set forth in such Notice of Termination.
7. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OR DURING DISABILITY.
In the event Employee is disabled or his employment terminates during the Employment Period, the Company shall provide Employee with the payments and benefits set forth below. Employee acknowledges and agrees that the payments set forth in this Section 7 constitute liquidated damages for any claim of breach of contract under this Agreement as it relates to termination of his employment during the Employment Period. In order to receive any
of the payments set forth below, prior to the payments of such amounts, Employee shall execute and agree to be bound by an agreement relating to the waiver and general release of any and all claims (other than claims for the compensation and benefits payable under Section 7 hereof) arising out of or relating to Employee's employment and termination of employment (the "Release"). Such Release must be made in a form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and shall run in favor of the Company and its affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns.
(a) Termination by Management Committee without Cause or by any individual (other than Steven D. Fredrickson) serving as President without Cause. If Employee's employment is terminated by the Management Committee without Cause or by any individual (other than Steven D. Fredrickson) serving as President without Cause:
(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment equal to two (2) times Employee's then current Base Salary and (C) a lump-sum payment equal to two (2) times the amount of the Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release; and
(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.
(b) Termination by Steven D. Fredrickson if serving as the President without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason. If Employee's employment is terminated by Steven D. Fredrickson if serving as the President without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason:
(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment equal to one (1) times Employee's then current Base salary and (C) a lump-sum payment equal to one (1) times the amount of the Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release; and
(ii) Employee shaft be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.
(c) Cause, by Employee without Good Reason or upon Expiration of the Employment Period. If Employee's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or by Employee (other than for Good Reason) or upon expiration of the Employment Period:
(i) the Company shall pay Employee his Base Salary and, to the
extent required by law or the Company's vacation policy, his accrued
vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable
following the Date of Termination; provided, that, if the Employee's
termination of employment occurs due to an expiration of the Employment
Period initiated by a notice provided to Employee by the Company under
Section 4 of the Agreement, notwithstanding the foregoing and in lieu
thereof, the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and
accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as
practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment
equal to one-half(0.5) times Employee's then current Base Salary and
(C) a lump-sum payment equal to one-half (0.5) times the amount of the
Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the
year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof
shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date
of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more
than forty-five (45) days following execution of such Release; and
(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.
(d) Disability. During any period that Employee fails to
perform his duties hereunder as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental
illness ("Disability Period"), Employee shall continue to receive his full Base
Salary set forth in Section 3(a) until his employment is terminated pursuant to
Section 5(b); Provided, that, any such amounts shall be off-set, on a dollar for
dollar basis, for each dollar Employee received by any disability issuance or
social security benefit. In the event Employee's employment is terminated for
Disability pursuant to Section 5(b):
(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, off-set, on a dollar for dollar basis, for each dollar Employee receives by any disability insurance or social security benefit, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination and (B) a Bonus, for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, pro-rated to the Date of Termination and payable at the same time as bonuses are customarily paid; and
(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.
(e) Death. If Employee's employment is terminated by his death:
(i) the Company shall pay in a lump sum to Employee's beneficiary, legal representatives or estate, as the case may be, Employee's (A) Base Salary through the Date of Termination and (B) Bonus, for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, pro-rated to the Date OF Termination and payable at the same time as bonuses are customarily paid; and
(ii) Employee's beneficiary, legal representatives or estate, as the case may be,
shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and benefits as may be due to any such persons or estate in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.
8. MITIGATION.
Except as otherwise noted above, Employee shall not be required to mitigate amounts payable under this Agreement by seeking other employment, and there shall be no offset against amounts due Employee under this Agreement on account of subsequent employment except as specifically provided herein.
9. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS; NON-COMPETITION.
(a) Confidential Information. Employee shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all trade secrets and confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company and its businesses and investments, which shall have been obtained by Employee during Employee's employment by the Company and which is not generally available public knowledge (other than by acts by Employee in violation of this Agreement). Except as may be required or appropriate in connection with his carrying out his duties under this Agreement, Employee shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or any legal process, or as is necessary in connection with any adversarial proceeding against the Company (in which case Employee shall use his reasonable best efforts in cooperating with the Company in obtaining a protective order against disclosure by a court of competent jurisdiction), communicate or divulge any such trade secrets, information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated by the Company or on behalf of the Company in the furtherance of its business or to perform duties hereunder.
(b) Removal of Documents; Rights to Products. All records, files, drawings, documents, models, equipment, and the like relating to the Company's business, which Employee has control over shall not be removed from the Company's premises without its written consent, unless such removal is in the furtherance of the Company's business or is in connection with Employee's carrying out his duties under this Agreement and, if so removed, shall be returned to the Company promptly after termination of Employee's employment hereunder, or otherwise promptly after removal if such removal occurs following termination of employment. Employee shall assign to the Company all rights to trade secrets and other products relating to the Company's business developed by him alone or in conjunction with others at any time while employed by the Company.
(c) Nonsolicitation. During the Employment Period and for two
(2) years after Employee's employment is terminated for any reason, Employee
will not, directly or indirectly, solicit the customers, suppliers or key
employees of the Company to terminate their relationship with the Company (or to
modify such relationship in a manner that is adverse to the interests of the
Company), or to violate any valid contracts they may have with the Company.
(d) Noncompetition. During the Employment Period and for one (1) year after Employee's employment is terminated for any reason (other than pursuant to Section 5(d),
by the Management Committee under Section 5(e), and by any individual serving as President under Section 5(e)), Employee will not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, control, be employed by, or perform services for any business, howsoever organized and in whatsoever form, that engages in the same or a similar line of business as the Company, as determined from its latest Business Plan, and which is located in the market area of the Company existing on the date of termination of Employee's employment with Company.
(e) Blue Pencil. If, at any time, the provisions of this
Section 9 shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, by reason of being
vague or unreasonable as to area, duration or scope of activity, this Section 9
shall be considered divisible and shall become and be immediately amended to
only such area, duration and scope of activity as shall be determined to be
reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction over
the matter and Employee agrees that this Section 9 as so amended shall be valid
and binding as though any invalid or unenforceable provision had not been
included herein.
(f) Injunctive Relief. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 9, Employee agrees that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in a court of appropriate jurisdiction to remedy any such breach or threatened breach, Employee acknowledging that damages would be inadequate and insufficient.
(g) Continuing Operation. Except as specifically provided in this Section 9, the termination of Employee's employment or of this Agreement shall have no effect on the continuing operation of this Section 9.
10. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY.
The limitation of liability and indemnity provisions of
Section 3.8(b)(c) and (d) of the LLC Agreement are a contractual benefit to the
Employee and are a material consideration for his employment.
11. GOVERNING LAW; LEGAL FEES AND EXPENSES.
This Agreement, the employment relationship contemplated herein and any claim arising from such relationship, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules. If any contest or dispute shall arise between the Company and Employee regarding the provisions of this Agreement, each party shall be responsible for the payment of its own legal fees and expenses relating to such claim or dispute regardless of outcome.
12. NOTICES.
All notices hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail with adequate postage affixed, as follows:
If to the Company, to:
Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
c/o Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P.
245 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10067
Attn: David Roberts
If to the Employee, to:
Craig A. Grube
3304 Ulverston Quay
Virginia Beach, VA 23452
13. LLC AGREEMENT.
The term "LLC Agreement" as used herein shall mean the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated as of the date hereof. All capitalized terms appearing in the text of this Agreement shall have the same meanings as they have in the LLC Agreement to the extent not defined herein.
14. SUCCESSORS; BINDING AGREEMENT.
(a) Company's Successors. The Company may assign or transfer this Agreement; provided, that, the Company will require any successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such assignment or transfer had taken place.
(b) Employee's Successors. No rights or obligations of Employee under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by Employee other than his rights to payments or benefits hereunder, which may be transferred only by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Upon Employee's death, this Agreement and all rights of Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Employee's beneficiary or beneficiaries, personal or legal representative, or estate, to the extent any such person succeeds to Employee's interests under this Agreement. Employee shall be entitled to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any benefit or compensation payable hereunder following Employee's death by giving the Company written notice thereof. In the event of Employee's death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in this Agreement to Employee shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to his beneficiar(y)(ies), estate or other legal representative(s). If Employee should die following his Date of Termination while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts unless otherwise provided herein shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to such person or persons so appointed in writing by Employee, or otherwise to his legal representatives or estate.
15. MISCELLANEOUS.
No provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified, or waived unless such amendment or modification is agreed to in writing signed by Employee and by a duly authorized officer of the Company, and such waiver is set forth in writing and signed by the party to be charged. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of any condition or provision of this agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive Employee's termination of employment and the termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary for the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.
16. VALIDITY.
The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.
17. COUNTERPARTS.
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
18. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.
This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by any officer, employee or representative of any party hereto in respect of such subject matter. Any prior agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein is hereby terminated and cancelled.
19. WITHHOLDING.
All payments hereunder shall be subject to any required withholding of Federal, state and local taxes pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
20. SECTION HEADINGS.
The section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and they form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect its interpretation.
"Company":
PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
By: /s/ Josh Brain -------------------------------------- Name: Josh Brain Title: Capital Manager |
"Employee":
By: /s/ Craig A. Grube -------------------------------------- Craig A. Grube |
EXHIBIT 10.10
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is made this 1st day of January, 2002, between Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company with its principal place of business in the City of Norfolk, Virginia ("Company") and Andrew Holmes ("Employee").
IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants contained herein and for other considerations the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.
The Company hereby hires Employee as a Senior Vice President. Subject to the LLC Agreement (as defined herein), he shall be vested with such authority and responsibilities as may be conferred upon him by the Management Committee of the Company (the "Management Committee") and the President of the Company (The "President") and which are appropriate and customary to his office. He shall report to and act under the direction of the President and Senior Vice President Sales and Marketing. The Employee accepts such employment and agrees to diligently and faithfully exercise the authority and discharge the responsibility of his office to the best of his ability, devoting substantially all of his business time, attention, and services to the affairs of the Company. Except with the consent of the Management Committee, the Employee shall not engage in any other pursuits for compensation while serving as an officer of the Company.
2. PLACE OF PERFORMANCE.
The principal place of employment of Employee shall be at the Company's principal executive offices in Norfolk, Virginia or where such offices may be relocated within a twenty-five (25) mile radius of Norfolk, Virginia (the "Metropolitan Area"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee may be required to travel beyond the Metropolitan Area as may be reasonably required to perform his duties hereunder.
3. COMPENSATION.
(a) Base Salary. The Employee shall be paid a base salary at the rate of $94,640 per year, which shall be paid in approximately equal installments consistent with the Company's payroll policy, as it may exist from time to time ("Base Salary").
(b) Management Bonus Program. The performance of the business shall be reviewed at the end of each operating year and compared to such goals as are set forth in the business plan for that year as developed and presented by the Operating Member of the Company and approved by its Management Committee (the "Business Plan"). If the results of operations for the year achieve the net profitability goals for the year specified in the approved Business Plan and Employee's contribution to such performance results are satisfactory as determined in the sole discretion of the Management Committee, a bonus equal to no less than
twenty percent (20%) of the Employee's Base Salary shall be paid to him (the "Bonus"). If the results of operations for the year exceed the net profitability goals of the approved Business Plan, the amount of the Employee's Bonus may be increased in recognition of the degree to which performance exceeded such goals, and the Employee's contribution to such superior performance results as determined in the sole discretion of the Management Committee. If the results of operations for the year fail to achieve such net profitability goals, the amount (if any) of the Employee's Bonus shall be within the absolute discretion of the Management Committee.
(c) Benefits. The Employee shall be entitled to a benefits package consisting of: (i) four (4) weeks paid annual vacation and (ii) such other employee benefits programs as may be offered by the Company to other employees, provided that he shall not be entitled to participate in any incentive bonus program adopted for non-management level employees during the time the Management Bonus Program is in effect. In addition, the Company shall reimburse Employee for reasonable business expenses incurred by Employee upon appropriate documentation and in accordance with Company policies for senior executives, as they may exist from time to time. The Company shall reimburse Employee for his reasonable legal fees incurred with respect to the preparation of this Agreement; provided, that, such reimbursement shall not exceed $1,000.
(d) Warrants. The Employee was granted warrants to acquire equity interests in the Company in accordance with the terms set forth in Exhibit A to the Employment Agreement between the Employee and the Company dated March 31, 1999.
4. TERM.
The period of employment of Employee by the Company hereunder (the "Employment Period") shall commence on the date hereof (the "Commencement Date") and shall continue through the first anniversary thereof; provided, that, commencing on the first anniversary of the Commencement Date and each anniversary thereafter, the Employment Period shall be automatically extended for one (1) additional year unless either party shall notify the other party at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the Employment Period that it intends to let the Agreement expire. The Employment Period may be sooner terminated by either party in accordance with Section 5 of this Agreement.
5. TERMINATION.
Employee's employment hereunder may be terminated during the Employment Period under the following circumstances:
(a) Death. Employee's employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.
(b) Disability. If, as a result of Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Employee shall have been substantially unable to perform his duties hereunder for an entire period of six (6) consecutive months or nine (9) months in any twelve (12) month period, and within thirty (30) days after written Notice of Termination is given after such period,
Employee shall not have returned to the substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis, the Company shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment hereunder for "Disability", and such termination in and of itself shall not be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.
(c) Cause. The Company shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment for Cause, and such termination in and of itself shall not be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall have "Cause" to terminate Employee's employment upon Employee's:
(i) conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony; or
(ii) willful and continued failure to use reasonable best efforts to substantially perform his duties hereunder (other than such failure resulting from Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness or subsequent to the issuance of a Notice of Termination by Employee for Good Reason) or to obey the lawful written directives of the Management Committee or the President after demand for substantial performance is delivered by the Company in writing that specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes Employee has not used reasonable best efforts to substantially perform his duties; or
(iii) willful misconduct (including, but not limited to, a willful breach of the provisions of Section 9) that is economically injurious to the Company or to any entity in control of, controlled by or under common control with the Company ("Affiliates").
(d) Good Reason. Employee may terminate his employment for "Good Reason" within thirty (30) days after Employee has actual knowledge of the occurrence, without the written consent of Employee, of one of the following events that has not been cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof has been given by Employee to the Company:
(i) the relocation of the Company's principal executive offices or Employee's own office location to a location beyond the Metropolitan Area; or
(ii) the Company's failure to provide any material payments due to be provided to Employee.
Employee's right to terminate his employment hereunder for Good Reason shall not be affected by his incapacity due to physical or mental illness. Employee's continued employment during the thirty (30) day period referred to above in this paragraph (d) shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any act or failure to act constituting Good Reason hereunder.
(e) Without Cause. The Management Committee or the President shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment hereunder without Cause by providing Employee with a Notice of Termination, and such termination shall not in and of itself be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.
(f) Without Good Reason. Employee shall have the right to terminate his employment hereunder without Good Reason by providing the Company with a Notice of
Termination, and such termination shall not in and of itself be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.
(g) Expiration of the Term. Unless the Company and the Employee agree to continue the employment on an at will basis pending negotiation of a new employment agreement, Employee's employment shall terminate upon the expiration of the Employment Period and such expiration shall not be deemed to be a termination by the Management Committee or the President without Cause.
6. TERMINATION PROCEDURE.
(a) Notice of Termination. Any termination of Employee's employment by the Company or by Employee during the Employment Period (other than termination pursuant to Section 5(a)) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 12. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Employee's employment under the provision so indicated.
(b) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" shall mean (i) if Employee's employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death, (ii) if Employee's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(b), thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination (provided that Employee shall not have returned to the substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such thirty (30) day period), (iii) if Employee's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(g), the date of expiration, and (iv) if Employee's employment is terminated for any other reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given or any later date (within thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice) set forth in such Notice of Termination.
7. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OR DURING DISABILITY.
In the event Employee is disabled or his employment terminates during the Employment Period, the Company shall provide Employee with the payments and benefits set forth below. Employee acknowledges and agrees that the payments set forth in this Section 7 constitute liquidated damages for any claim of breach of contract under this Agreement as it relates to termination of his employment during the Employment Period. In order to receive any of the payments sot forth below, prior to the payments of such amounts, Employee shall execute and agree to be bound by an agreement relating to the waiver and general release of any and all claims (other than claims for the compensation and benefits payable under Section 7 hereof) arising out of or relating to Employee's employment and termination of employment (the "Release"). Such Release must be made in a form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and shall run in favor of the Company and its affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns.
(a) Termination by Management Committee without Cause or by any individual (other than Steven D. Fredrickson) serving as President without Cause. If Employee's employment is terminated by the Management Committee without Cause or by any individual (other than Steven D. Fredrickson) serving as President without Cause:
(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment equal to the Employee's then current Base Salary and (C) a lump-sum payment equal to the amount of the Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release; and
(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.
(b) Termination by Steven P. Fredrickson if serving as the President without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason. If Employee's employment is terminated by Steven D. Fredrickson if serving as the President without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason:
(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and
accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as
practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment
equal to one-half (0.5) times Employee's then current Base Salary and
(C) a lump-sum payment equal to one-half (0.5) times the amount of the
Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the
year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof
shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date
of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more
than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release; and
(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.
(c) Cause, by Employee without Good Reason or upon Expiration of the Employment Period. If Employee's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or by Employee (other than for Good Reason) or upon expiration of the Employment Period:
(i) the Company shall pay Employee his Base Salary and, to the
extent required by law or the Company's vacation policy, his accrued
vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable
following the Date of Termination; provided, that, if the Employee's
termination of employment occurs do to an expiration of the Employment
Period initiated by a notice provided to Employee by the Company under
Section 4 of the Agreement, notwithstanding the foregoing and in lieu,
thereof, the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and
accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as
practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment
equal to one-half (0.5) times Employee's then current Base Salary and
(C) a lump-sum payment equal to one-half (0.5) times the amount of the
Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the
year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof
shall be made as soon as administratively
feasible following the Date of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release; and
(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.
(d) Disability. During any period that Employee fails to
perform his duties hereunder as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental
illness ("Disability Period"), Employee shall continue to receive his full Base
Salary set forth in Section 3(a) until his employment is terminated pursuant to
Section 5(b); provided, that, any such amounts shall be off-set, on a dollar for
dollar basis, for each dollar Employee receives by any disability insurance or
social security benefit. In the event Employee's employment is terminated for
Disability pursuant to Section 5(b):
(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, off-set, on a dollar for dollar basis, for each dollar Employee receives by any disability insurance or social security benefit, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination and (B) a Bonus, for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, pro-rated to the Date of Termination and payable at the same time as bonuses are customarily paid; and
(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.
(e) Death. If Employee's employment is terminated by his death:
(i) the Company shall pay in a lump sum to Employee's beneficiary, legal representatives or estate, as the case may be, Employee's (A) Base Salary through the Date of Termination and (B) Bonus, for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, pro-rated to the Date of Termination and payable at the same time as bonuses are customarily paid; and
(ii) Employee's beneficiary, legal representatives or estate, as the case may be, shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and benefits as may be due to any such persons or estate in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.
8. MITIGATION.
Except as otherwise noted above, Employee shall not be required to mitigate amounts payable under this Agreement by seeking other employment, and there shall be no off-set against amounts due Employee under this Agreement on account of subsequent employment except as specifically provided herein.
9. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS; NON-COMPETITION.
(a) Confidential Information. Employee shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all trade secrets and confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company and its businesses and investments, which shall have been obtained by Employee during Employee's employment by the Company and which is not generally available public knowledge (other than by acts by Employee in violation of this Agreement). Except as may be required or appropriate in connection with his carrying out his duties under this Agreement, Employee shall not without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or any legal process, or as is necessary in connection with any adversarial proceeding against the Company (in which case Employee shall use his reasonable best efforts in cooperating with the Company in obtaining a protective order against disclosure by a court of competent jurisdiction), communicate or divulge any such trade secrets, information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated by the Company or on behalf of the Company in the furtherance of its business or to perform duties hereunder.
(b) Removal of Documents; Rights to Products. All records, files, drawings, documents, models, equipment, and the like relating to the Company's business, which Employee has control over shall not be removed from the Company's premises without its written consent, unless such removal is in the furtherance of the Company's business or is in connection with Employee's carrying out his duties under this Agreement and, if so removed, shall be returned to the Company promptly after termination of Employee's employment hereunder, or otherwise promptly after removal if such removal occurs following termination of employment. Employee shall assign to the Company all rights to trade secrets and other products relating to the Company's business developed by him alone or in conjunction with others at any time while employed by the Company.
(c) Nonsolicitation. During the Employment Period and for two
(2) years after Employee's employment is terminated for any reason, Employee
will not, directly or indirectly, solicit the customers, suppliers or key
employees of the Company to terminate their relationship with the Company (or to
modify such relationship in a manner that is adverse to the interests of the
Company), or to violate any valid contracts they may have with the Company.
(d) Noncompetition. During the Employment Period and for one
(1) year after Employee's employment is terminated for any reason (other than
pursuant to Section 5(d), by the Management Committee under Section 5(e), and by
any individual (other than Steven D. Fredrickson) serving as President under
Section 5(e)), Employee will not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate,
control, be employed by, or perform services for any business, howsoever
organized and in whatsoever form, that engages in the same or a similar line of
business as the Company, as determined from its latest Business Plan, and which
is located in the market area of the Company existing on the date of termination
of Employee's employment with Company.
(e) Blue Pencil. If, at any time, the provisions of this
Section 9 shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, by reason of being
vague or unreasonable as to area, duration or scope of activity, this Section 9
shall be considered divisible and shall become and be immediately amended to
only such area, duration and scope of activity as shall be determined to be
reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction over
the matter and Employee agrees that this Section 9 as so amended shall be valid
and binding as though any invalid or unenforceable provision had not been
included herein.
(f) Injunctive Relief. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 9, Employee agrees that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in a court of appropriate jurisdiction to remedy any such breach or threatened breach, Employee acknowledging that damages would be inadequate and insufficient.
(g) Continuing Operation. Except as specifically provided in this Section 9, the termination of Employee's employment or of this Agreement shall have no effect on the continuing operation of this Section 9.
10. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY.
The limitation of liability and indemnity provisions of
Section 3.8(b)(c) and (d) of the LLC Agreement are a contractual benefit to
the Employee and are a material consideration for his employment.
11. GOVERNING LAW; LEGAL FEES AND EXPENSES.
This Agreement, the employment relationship contemplated herein and any claim arising from such relationship, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules. If any contest or dispute shall arise between the Company and Employee regarding the provisions of this Agreement, each party shall be responsible for the payment of its own legal fees and expenses relating to such claim or dispute regardless of outcome.
12. NOTICES.
All notices hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail with adequate postage affixed, as follows:
If to the Company, to:
Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
c/o Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P.
245 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10067
Attn: David Roberts
If to the Employee, to:
Andrew Holmes
1105 Winchester Way
Chesapeake, VA 23320
13. LLC AGREEMENT.
The term "LLC Agreement" as used herein shall mean the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated as of the date hereof. All capitalized terms appearing in the text of this Agreement shall have the same meanings as they have in the LLC Agreement to the extent not defined herein.
14. SUCCESSORS; BINDING AGREEMENT.
(a) Company's Successors. The Company may assign or transfer this Agreement; provided, that, the Company will require any successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such assignment or transfer had taken place.
(b) Employee's Successors. No rights or obligations of Employee under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by Employee other than his rights to payments or benefits hereunder, which may be transferred only by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Upon Employee's death, this Agreement and all rights of Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Employee's beneficiary or beneficiaries, personal or legal representative, or estate, to the extent any such person succeeds to Employee's interests under this Agreement. Employee shall be entitled to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any benefit or compensation payable hereunder following Employee's death by giving the Company written notice thereof. In the event of Employee's death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in this Agreement to Employee shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to his beneficiar(y)(ies), estate or other legal representative(s). If Employee should die following his Date of Termination while any amounts would still be payable to hint hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts unless otherwise provided herein shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to such person or persons so appointed in writing by Employee, or otherwise to his legal representatives or estate.
15. MISCELLANEOUS.
No provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified, or waived unless such amendment or modification is agreed to in writing signed by Employee and by a duly authorized officer of the Company, and such waiver is set forth in writing and signed by the party to be charged. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. The respective rights and obligations of the parties
hereunder shall survive Employee's termination of employment and the termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary for the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.
16. VALIDITY.
The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.
17. COUNTERPARTS.
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
18. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.
This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by any officer, employee or representative of any party hereto in respect of such subject matter. Any prior agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein is hereby terminated and cancelled.
19. WITHHOLDING.
All payments hereunder shall be subject to any required withholding of Federal, state and local taxes pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
20. SECTION HEADINGS.
The section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and they form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect its interpretation.
"Company":
PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
By: /s/ JOSH BRAIN -------------------------------------- Name: Josh Brain Title: Corporate Manager |
"Employee":
By: /s/ ANDREW HOLMES -------------------------------------- Andrew Holmes |
EXHIBIT 10.11
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is made this 1st day of January, 2002, between Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company with its principal place of business in the City of Norfolk, Virginia ("Company") and James L. Keown ("Employee").
IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants contained herein and for other considerations the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.
The Company hereby hires Employee as a Senior Vice President. Subject to the LLC Agreement (as defined herein), he shall be vested with such authority and responsibilities as may be conferred upon him by the Management Committee of the Company (the "Management Committee") and the President of the Company (the "President") and which are appropriate and customary to his office. He shall report to and act under the direction of the President. The Employee accepts such employment and agrees to diligently and faithfully exercise the authority and discharge the responsibility of his office to the best of his ability, devoting substantially all of his business time, attention, and services to the affairs of the Company. Except with the consent of the Management Committee, the Employee shall not engage in any other pursuits for compensation while serving as an officer of the Company.
2. PLACE OF PERFORMANCE.
The principal place of employment of Employee shall be at the Company's principal executive offices in Norfolk, Virginia or where such offices may be relocated within a twenty-five (25) mile radius of Norfolk, Virginia (the "Metropolitan Area"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee may be required to travel beyond the Metropolitan Area as may be reasonably required to perform his duties hereunder.
COMPENSATION.
(a) Base Salary. The Employee shall be paid a base salary at the rate of $105,000 per year, which shall be paid in approximately equal installments consistent with the Company's payroll policy, as it may exist from time to time ("Base Salary"). Following the first anniversary of the Commencement Date (as defined herein) and for each anniversary thereafter during the Employment Period (as defined herein), Base Salary shall be increased annually by no less than 4% over the immediately preceding year's Base Salary.
(b) Management Bonus Program. The performance of the business shall be reviewed at the end of each operating year and compared to such goals as are set forth in the business plan for that year as developed and presented by the Operating Member of the Company and approved by its Management Committee (the "Business Plan"). If the results of operations for the year achieve the net profitability goals for the year specified in the approved Business Plan and Employee's contribution to such performance results are satisfactory as
determined in the sole discretion of the Management Committee, a bonus equal to no less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Employee's Base Salary shall be paid to him (the "Bonus"). If the results of operations for the year exceed the net profitability goals of the approved Business Plan, the amount of the Employee's Bonus may be increased in recognition of the degree to which performance exceeded such goals, and the Employee's contribution to such superior performance results as determined in the sole discretion of the Management Committee. If the results of operations for the year fail to achieve such net profitability goals, the amount (if any) of the Employee's Bonus shall be within the absolute discretion of the Management Committee.
(c) Benefits. The Employee shall be entitled to a benefits package consisting of: (i) four (4) weeks paid annual vacation and (ii) such other employee benefits programs as may be offered by the Company to other employees, provided that he shall not be entitled to participate in any incentive bonus program adopted for non-management level employees during the time the Management Bonus Program is in effect. In addition, the Company shall reimburse Employee for reasonable business expenses incurred by Employee upon appropriate documentation and in accordance with Company policies for senior executives, as they may exist from time to time. The Company shall reimburse Employee for his reasonable legal fees incurred with respect to the preparation of this Agreement; provided, that, such reimbursement shall not exceed $1,000.
(d) Warrants. The Employee was granted warrants to acquire equity interests in the Company in accordance with the terms set forth in Exhibit A to the Employment Agreement between the Employee and the Company dated March 31, 1999.
3. TERM.
The period of employment of Employee by the Company hereunder (the "Employment Period") shall commence on the date hereof the ("Commencement Date") and shall continue through the third anniversary thereof; provided, that, commencing on the third anniversary of the Commencement Date and each anniversary thereafter, the Employment Period shall be automatically extended for one (1) additional year unless either party shall notify the other party at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the Employment Period that it intends to let the Agreement expire. The Employment Period may be sooner terminated by either party in accordance with Section 5 of this Agreement.
4. TERMINATION.
Employee's employment hereunder may be terminated during the Employment Period under the following circumstances:
(a) Death. Employee's employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.
(b) Disability. If, as a result of Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Employee shall have been substantially unable to perform his duties hereunder for
an entire period of six (6) consecutive months or nine (9) months in any twelve
(12) month period, and within thirty (30) days after written Notice of
Termination is given after such period, Employee shall not have returned to the
substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis, the Company shall
have the right to terminate Employee's employment hereunder for "Disability",
and such termination in and of itself shall not be, nor shall it be deemed to
be, a breach of this Agreement.
(c) Cause. The Company shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment for Cause, and such termination in and of itself shall not be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall have "Cause" to terminate Employee's employment upon Employee's:
(i) conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony; or
(ii) willful and continued failure to use reasonable best efforts to substantially perform his duties hereunder (other than such failure resulting from Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness or subsequent to the issuance of a Notice of Termination by Employee for Good Reason) or to obey the lawful written directives of the Management Committee or the President after demand for substantial performance is delivered by the Company in writing that specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes Employee has not used reasonable best efforts to substantially perform his duties; or
(iii) willful misconduct (including, but not limited to, a willful breach of the provisions of Section 9) that is economically injurious to the Company or to any entity in control of, controlled by or under common control with the Company ("Affiliates").
(d) Good Reason. Employee may terminate his employment for "Good Reason" within thirty (30) days after Employee has actual knowledge of the occurrence, without the written consent of Employee, of one of the following events that has not been cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof has been given by Employee to the Company:
(i) the relocation of the Company's principal executive offices or Employee's own office location to a location beyond the Metropolitan Area; or
(ii) the Company's failure to provide any material payments due to be provided to Employee.
Employee's right to terminate his employment hereunder for Good Reason shall not be affected by his incapacity due to physical or mental illness. Employee's continued employment during the thirty (30) day period referred to above in this paragraph (d) shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any act or failure to act constituting Good Reason hereunder.
(e) Without Cause. The Management Committee or the President shall have the right to terminate Employee's employment hereunder without Cause by providing Employee with a Notice of Termination, and such termination shall not in and of itself be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.
(f) Without Good Reason. Employee shall have the right to terminate his employment hereunder without Good Reason by providing the Company with a Notice of Termination, and such termination shall not in and of itself be, nor shall it be deemed to be, a breach of this Agreement.
(g) Expiration of the Term. Unless the Company and the Employee agree to continue the employment on an at will basis pending negotiation of a new employment agreement, Employee's employment shall terminate upon the expiration of the Employment Period and such expiration shall not be deemed to be a termination by the Management Committee or the President without Cause.
5. TERMINATION PROCEDURE.
(a) Notice of Termination. Any termination of Employee's employment by the Company or by Employee during the Employment Period (other than termination pursuant to Section 5(a)) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 12. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Employee's employment under the provision so indicated.
(b) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" shall mean (i) if Employee's employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death, (ii) if Employee's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(b), thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination (provided that Employee shall not have returned to the substantial performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such thirty (30) day period), (iii) if Employee's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 5(g), the date of expiration, and (iv) if Employee's employment is terminated for any other reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given or any later date (within thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice) set forth in such Notice of Termination.
6. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OR DURING DISABILITY.
In the event Employee is disabled or his employment terminates during the Employment Period, the Company shall provide Employee with the payments and benefits set forth below. Employee acknowledges and agrees that the payments set forth in this Section 7 constitute liquidated damages for any claim of breach of contract under this Agreement as it relates to termination of his employment during the Employment Period. In order to receive any of the payments set forth below, prior to the payments of such amounts, Employee shall execute and agree to be bound by an agreement relating to the waiver and general release of any and all claims (other than claims for the compensation and benefits payable under Section 7 hereof) arising out of or relating to Employee's employment and termination of employment (the "Release"). Such Release must be made in a form that is reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and shall run in favor of the Company and its affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns.
(a) Termination by Management Committee without Cause or by any individual (other than Steven D. Fredrickson) serving as President without Cause. If Employee's
employment is terminated by the Management Committee without Cause or by any individual (other than Steven D. Fredrickson) serving as President without Cause:
(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment equal to two (2) times Employee's then current Base Salary and (C) a lump-sum payment equal to two (2) times the amount of the Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release; and
(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.
(b) Termination by Steven D. Fredrickson if serving as the President without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason. If Employee's employment is terminated by Steven D. Fredrickson if serving as the President without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason:
(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment equal to one (1) times Employee's then current Base Salary and (C) a lump-sum payment equal to one (1) times the amount of the Bonus, if any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release; and
(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.
(c) Cause, by Employee without Good Reason or upon Expiration of the Employment Period. If Employee's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or by Employee (other than for Good Reason) or upon expiration of the Employment Period:
(i) the Company shall pay Employee his Base Salary and, to the
extent required by law or the Company's vacation policy, his accrued
vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as practicable
following the Date of Termination; provided, that, if the Employee's
termination of employment occurs do to an expiration of the Employment
Period initiated by a notice provided to Employee by the Company under
Section 4 of the Agreement, notwithstanding the foregoing and in lieu
thereof, the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and
accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, as soon as
practicable following the Date of Termination, (B) a lump-sum payment
equal to one-half (0.5) times Employee's then current Base Salary and
(C) a lump-sum payment equal to one-half (0.5) times the amount of the
Bonus, if
any, paid to Employee in the year immediately prior to the year of termination. Such payment under clauses (B) and (C) hereof shall be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Date of Termination and execution of a valid Release, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the execution of such Release; and
(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.
(d) Disability. During any period that Employee fails to
perform his duties hereunder as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental
illness ("Disability Period"), Employee shall continue to receive his full Base
Salary set forth in Section 3(a) until his employment is terminated pursuant to
Section 5(b); provided, that, any such amounts shall be off-set, on a dollar for
dollar basis, for each dollar Employee receives by any disability insurance or
social security benefit. In the event Employee's employment is terminated for
Disability pursuant to Section 5(b):
(i) the Company shall pay to Employee (A) his Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, off-set, on a dollar for dollar basis, for each dollar Employee receives by any disability insurance or social security benefit, as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination and (B) a Bonus, for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, pro-rated to the Date of Termination and payable at the same time as bonuses are customarily paid; and
(ii) Employee shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and/or benefits as may be due to Employee in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.
(e) Death. If Employee's employment is terminated by his death:
(i) the Company shall pay in a lump sum to Employee's beneficiary, legal representatives or estate, as the case may be, Employee's (A) Base Salary through the Date of Termination and (B) Bonus, for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs, pro-rated to the Date of Termination and payable at the same time as bonuses are customarily paid; and
(ii) Employee's beneficiary, legal representatives or estate, as the case may be, shall be entitled to any other rights, compensation and benefits as may be due to any such persons or estate in accordance with the terms and provisions of any agreements, plans or programs of the Company.
7. MITIGATION.
Except as otherwise noted above, Employee shall not be required to mitigate amounts payable under this Agreement by seeking other employment, and there shall be no off-set against amounts due Employee under this Agreement on account of subsequent employment except as specifically provided herein.
8. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS; NON-COMPETITION.
(a) Confidential Information. Employee shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all trade secrets and confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company and its businesses and investments, which shall have been obtained by Employee during Employee's employment by the Company and which is not generally available public knowledge (other than by acts by Employee in violation of this Agreement). Except as may be required or appropriate in connection with his carrying out his duties under this Agreement, Employee shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or any legal process, or as is necessary in connection with any adversarial proceeding against the Company (in which case Employee shall use his reasonable best efforts in cooperating with the Company in obtaining a protective order against disclosure by a court of competent jurisdiction), communicate or divulge any such trade secrets, information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated by the Company or on behalf of the Company in the furtherance of its business or to perform duties hereunder.
(b) Removal of Documents: Rights to Products. All records, files, drawings, documents, models, equipment, and the like relating to the Company's business, which Employee has control over shall not be removed from the Company's premises without its written consent, unless such removal is in the furtherance of the Company's business or is in connection with Employee's carrying out his duties under this Agreement and, if so removed, shall be returned to the Company promptly after termination of Employee's employment hereunder, or otherwise promptly after removal if such removal occurs following termination of employment. Employee shall assign to the Company all rights to trade secrets and other products relating to the Company's business developed by him alone or in conjunction with others at any time while employed by the Company.
(c) Nonsolicitation. During the Employment Period and for two
(2) years after Employee's employment is terminated for any reason, Employee
will not, directly or indirectly, solicit the customers, suppliers or key
employees of the Company to terminate their relationship with the Company (or to
modify such relationship in a manner that is adverse to the interests of the
Company), or to violate any valid contracts they may have with the Company.
(d) Noncompetition. During the Employment Period and for one
(1) year after Employee's employment is terminated for any reason (other than
pursuant to Section 5(d), by the Management Committee under Section 5(e), and by
any individual (other than Steven D. Fredrickson) serving as President under
Section 5(e)), Employee will not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate,
control, be employed by, or perform services for any business, howsoever
organized and in whatsoever form, that engages in the same or a similar line of
business as the Company, as determined from its latest Business Plan, and which
is located in the market area of the Company existing on the date of termination
of Employee's employment with Company.
(e) Blue Pencil. If, at any time, the provisions of this
Section 9 shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, by reason of being
vague or unreasonable as to area, duration or scope of activity, this Section 9
shall be considered divisible and shall become and be immediately amended to
only such area, duration and scope of activity as shall be determined to
be reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction over the matter and Employee agrees that this Section 9 as so amended shall be valid and binding as though any invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included herein.
(f) Injunctive Relief. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 9, Employee agrees that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in a court of appropriate jurisdiction to remedy any such breach or threatened breach, Employee acknowledging that damages would be inadequate and insufficient.
(g) Continuing Operation. Except as specifically provided in this Section 9, the termination of Employee's employment or of this Agreement shall have no effect on the continuing operation of this Section 9.
9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY.
The limitation of liability and indemnity provisions of
Section 3.8(b)(c) and (d) of the LLC Agreement are a contractual benefit to the
Employee and are a material consideration for his employment.
10. GOVERNING LAW: LEGAL FEES AND EXPENSES.
This Agreement, the employment relationship contemplated herein and any claim arising from such relationship, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules. If any contest or dispute shall arise between the Company and Employee regarding the provisions of this Agreement, each party shall be responsible for the payment of its own legal fees and expenses relating to such claim or dispute regardless of outcome.
11. NOTICES.
All notices hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail with adequate postage affixed, as follows:
If to the Company, to:
Portfolio Recovery Associates, L.L.C.
c/o Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P.
245 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10067
Attn: David Roberts
If to the Employee, to:
James L. Keown
932 Gideon Road
Virginia Beach, VA 23454
12. LLC AGREEMENT.
The term "LLC Agreement" as used herein shall mean the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated as of the date hereof. All capitalized terms appearing in the text of this Agreement shall have the same meanings as they have in the LLC Agreement to the extent not defined herein.
13. SUCCESSORS; BINDING AGREEMENT.
(a) Company's Successors. The Company may assign or transfer this Agreement; provided, that, the Company will require any successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such assignment or transfer had taken place.
(b) Employee's Successors. No rights or obligations of Employee under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by Employee other than his rights to payments or benefits hereunder, which may be transferred only by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Upon Employee's death, this Agreement and all rights of Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Employee's beneficiary or beneficiaries, personal or legal representative, or estate, to the extent any such person succeeds to Employee's interests under this Agreement. Employee shall be entitled to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any benefit or compensation payable hereunder following Employee's death by giving the Company written notice thereof. In the event of Employee's death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in this Agreement to Employee shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to his beneficiar(y)(ies), estate or other legal representative(s). If Employee should die following his Date of Termination while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts unless otherwise provided herein shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to such person or persons so appointed in writing by Employee, or otherwise to his legal representatives or estate.
14. MISCELLANEOUS.
No provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified, or waived unless such amendment or modification is agreed to in writing signed by Employee and by a duly authorized officer of the Company, and such waiver is set forth in writing and signed by the party to be charged. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. The respective rights and obligations of the parties
hereunder shall survive Employee's termination of employment and the termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary for the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.
15. VALIDITY.
The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.
16. COUNTERPARTS.
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.
This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by any officer, employee or representative of any party hereto in respect of such subject matter. Any prior agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein is hereby terminated and cancelled.
18. WITHHOLDING.
All payments hereunder shall be subject to any required withholding of Federal, state and local taxes pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
EXHIBIT 10.11
19. SECTION HEADINGS.
The section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and they form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect its interpretation.
"Company":
PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
By: /s/ JOSH BRAIN ---------------------------------- Name: Josh Brain Title: Capital Manager |
"Employee"
By: /s/ JAMES L. KEOWN ---------------------------------- James L. Keown |
EXHIBIT 10.12
PORTFOLIO RECOVERY ASSOCIATES, INC.
2002 STOCK OPTION PLAN
SECTION 1. PURPOSE
The purposes of the Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc. 2002 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") are to encourage selected employees, key consultants and directors of Portfolio Recovery Associates, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor thereto, the "Company"), or any present or future Subsidiary Corporation (as defined below) of the Company to acquire a proprietary interest in the growth and performance of the Company, to enhance the ability of the Company to attract, retain and reward qualified individuals upon whom, in large measure, the sustained progress, growth and profitability of the Company depend and to motivate such individuals to contribute to the achievement of the Company's business objectives and to align the interest of such individuals with the longer term interests of the Company's stockholders.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
(a) "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
(b) "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
(c) "Committee" shall mean a committee of the Board designated by the Board to administer the Plan and comprised of not less than two (2) Independent Directors, provided that, prior to the Company's initial public offering, the Committee shall be comprised of David Roberts only).
(d) "Fair Market Value" shall mean, with respect to Shares or other securities, the fair market value of the Shares or other securities determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Committee in good faith or in accordance with applicable law. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Fair Market Value of Shares shall mean (i) the closing price per Share of the Shares on the principal exchange on which the Shares are then trading, if any, on such date, or, if the Shares were not traded on such date, then on the next preceding trading day during which a sale occurred; or (ii) if the Shares are not traded on an exchange but are quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market or a successor quotation system, (1) the last sales price (if the Shares are then listed as a National Market Issue on the Nasdaq Stock Market) or (2) the mean between the closing representative bid and asked prices (in all other cases) for the Shares on such date as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market or such successor quotation system; or (iii) if the Shares are not publicly traded on an exchange and not
quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market or a successor quotation system, the mean between the closing bid and asked prices for the Shares on such date as determined in good faith by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fair Market Value of any Options granted prior to the Company's initial public offering shall be deemed to be the initial public offering price as determined by the Company's underwriters.
(e) "Incentive Stock Option" shall mean an option granted under the Plan that is designated as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.
(f) "Independent Director" shall mean each member of the Board who meets the test for an "independent" director as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the stock exchange or quotation system on which the Shares are then listed or quoted.
(g) "Key Employee" shall mean any officer, director or other employee who is a regular full-time employee of the Company or its present and future Subsidiary Corporations.
(h) "Non-Qualified Stock Option" shall mean an Option granted under the Plan that is not designated as an Incentive Stock Option.
(i) "Option" shall mean an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
(j) "Option Agreement" shall mean a written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing an Option granted under the Plan.
(k) "Participant" shall mean a Key Employee, key consultant (as determined by the Committee) or non-employee Director who has been granted an Option under the Plan.
(l) "Person" shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or political subdivision thereof.
(m) "Rule 16b-3" shall mean Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor rule or regulation thereto.
(n) "Shares" shall mean the common stock of the Company, $0.01 par value, and such other securities or property as may become the subject of Options pursuant to an adjustment made under Section 4(b) of the Plan.
(o) "Subsidiary Corporation" shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Code Section 424(f).
(p) "Ten Percent Stockholder" shall mean a Person, who together with his or her spouse, children and trusts and custodial accounts for their benefit, immediately at the time of the grant of an Option and assuming its immediate exercise, would beneficially own, within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code, Shares possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company or any Subsidiary Corporation of the Company.
SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION
(a) Generally. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Option shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time, and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including the Company, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Option, any stockholder of the Company and any employee of the Company.
(b) Powers. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law and except as provided in Section 7 hereof, the Committee shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Options to be granted to each Participant under the Plan; (iii) determine the number of Shares to be covered by Options; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Option; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Options may be settled or exercised in cash, Shares, other Options, or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended, and the method or methods by which Options may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) interpret and administer the Plan and any instruments or agreements relating to, or Options granted under, the Plan; (vii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (viii) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.
SECTION 4. SHARES AVAILABLE FOR OPTIONS
(a) Shares Available. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(b):
(i) Limitation on Number of Shares. Options issuable under the Plan are limited such that the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may issued pursuant to, or by reason of, Options is 2,000,000. Further, no Participant shall be granted Options to purchase more than 200,000 Shares in any one fiscal year; provided, however, that the Committee may adopt procedures for the counting of Shares relating to any grant of Options to ensure appropriate counting, avoid double counting, and provide for adjustments in any case in which the number of Shares actually distributed differs from the number of Shares previously counted in connection with such grant. To the extent that an Option granted or ceases to remain outstanding by reason of termination of rights granted thereunder, forfeiture or otherwise, the Shares subject to such Option shall again become available for award under the Plan.
(ii) Sources of Shares Deliverable Under Options. Any Shares delivered pursuant to an Option may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or of treasury Shares.
(b) Adjustments. In the event that the Committee shall
determine that any change in corporate capitalization, such as a dividend or
other distribution of Shares, or a corporate transaction, such as a merger,
consolidation, reorganization or partial or complete liquidation of the Company
or other similar corporate transaction or event, affects the Shares such that an
adjustment is determined by the Committee to be appropriate in order to prevent
dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be
made available under the Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it
may deem necessary to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or
potential benefits intended to be made under the Plan, adjust any or all of (x)
the number and type of Shares which thereafter may be made the subject of
Options, (y) the number and type of Shares subject to outstanding Options, and
(z) the grant, purchase, or exercise price with respect to any Option or, if
deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an
outstanding Option; provided, however, in each case, that (i) with respect to
Incentive Stock Options no such adjustment shall be authorized to the extent
that such adjustment would cause the Plan to violate Section 422 of the Code or
any successor provision thereto; (ii) such adjustment shall be made in such
manner as not to adversely affect the status of any Option as "performance-based
compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code; and (iii) the number of Shares
subject to any Option denominated in Shares shall always be a whole number.
SECTION 5. ELIGIBILITY
In determining the Persons to whom Options shall be granted and the number of Shares to be covered by each Option, the Committee shall take into account the nature of the Person's duties, such Person's present and potential contributions to the success of the Company and such other factors as it shall deem relevant in connection with accomplishing the purposes of the Plan. A Key Employee who has been granted an Option or Options under the Plan may be granted an additional Option or Options, subject to such limitations as may be imposed by the Code on the grant of Incentive Stock Options. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Key Employees of the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.
SECTION 6. OPTIONS
The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Options to Participants upon the following terms and the conditions (except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 7) and with such additional terms and conditions, in either case not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine:
(a) Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share purchasable under Options shall be determined by the Committee at the time the Option is granted but generally shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares covered thereby at the time the Option is granted.
(b) Option Term. The term of each Non-Qualified Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee but generally shall not exceed ten (10) years from the date of grant.
(c) Time and Method of Exercise. The Committee shall determine the time or times at which the right to exercise an Option may vest, and the method or methods by which, and the form or forms in which, payment of the option price with respect to exercises of such Option may be made or deemed to have been made (including, without limitation, (i) cash, Shares, outstanding Options or other consideration, or any combination thereof, having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date equal to the relevant option price and (ii) a broker-assisted cashless exercise program established by the Committee, provided that any such cashless exercise program established by the Committee shall not be applicable to executive officers and directors unless and until the Committee shall have received advice of counsel that participation by executive officers and directors in such program is permissible), provided in each case that such methods avoid "short-swing" profits to the Participant under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The payment of the exercise price of an Option may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis, in each case in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Committee.
(d) Incentive Stock Options. All terms of any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan shall comply in all respects with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code, or any successor provision thereto, and any regulations promulgated thereunder including that, (i)(A) in the case of a grant to a Person that is not a Ten Percent Stockholder the purchase price per Share purchasable under Incentive Stock Options shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant and (B) in the case of a grant to a Ten Percent Stockholder the purchase price per Share purchasable under Incentive Stock Options shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant and (ii) the term of each Incentive Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee but shall in no event be more than ten (10) years from the date of grant, or in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, five (5) years from the date of grant.
(e) Limits on Transfer of Options. Subject to Code
Section 422, no Option and no right under any such Option, shall be assignable,
alienable, saleable or transferable by a Participant otherwise than by will or
by the laws of descent and distribution, and such Option, and each right under
any such Option, shall be exercisable during the Participant's lifetime, only by
the Participant or, if permissible under applicable law (including Code Section
422, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option), by the Participant's guardian or
legal representative. No Option and no right under any such Option, may be
pledged, alienated, attached, or otherwise encumbered, and any purported pledge,
alienation, attachment, or encumbrance thereof shall be void and unenforceable
against the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its
discretion, provide that Non-Qualified Stock Options be transferable, without
consideration, to immediate family members (i.e., children, grandchildren or
spouse), to trusts for the benefit of such immediate family members and to
partnerships in which such family members are the only partners. The Committee
may attach to such transferability feature such terms and conditions as it deems
advisable. In addition, a Participant may, in the manner established by the
Committee, designate a beneficiary (which may be a person or a trust) to
exercise the rights of the Participant, and to receive any distribution, with
respect to any Option
upon the death of the Participant. A beneficiary, guardian, legal representative or other person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Participant shall be subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Option Agreement applicable to such Participant, except as otherwise determined by the Committee, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee.
(f) Tax Withholding. The Company or any Subsidiary is authorized to withhold from any Option granted any payment relating to an Option under the Plan, including from the exercise of an Option, amounts of withholding and other taxes due in connection with any transaction involving an Option, and to take such other action as the Committee may deem advisable to enable the Company and Participants to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Option. This authority shall include authority to withhold or receive Shares or other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a Participant's tax obligations.
(g) Loan Provisions. With the consent of the Committee, and subject at all times to laws and regulations and other binding obligations or provisions applicable to the Company, the Company may make, guarantee, or arrange for a loan or loans to a Participant with respect to the exercise of any Option, including the payment by a Participant of any or all federal, state, or local income or other taxes due in connection with the exercise of any Option. Subject to such limitations, the Committee shall have full authority to decide whether to make a loan or loans hereunder and to determine the amount, terms, and provisions of any such loan or loans, including the interest rate to be charged in respect of any such loan or loans, whether the loan or loans are to be with or without recourse against the borrower, the terms on which the loan is to be repaid and the conditions, if any, under which the loan or loans may be forgiven.
SECTION 7. OPTIONS AWARDED TO NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
Each non-employee Director who is a member of the Board shall automatically be granted annually a Non-Qualified Stock Option to purchase 5,000 Shares. Such Shares shall be granted at the time such Independent Director joins the Board (which for current directors shall be deemed to be the date of the Company's initial public offering) and each anniversary thereof. All Options granted pursuant to this Section 7 shall (a) be at an exercise price per Share equal to 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of the grant; (b) have a term of ten (10) years; (c) terminate (i) upon termination of an non-employee Director's service as a director of the Company for any reason other than mental or physical disability or death, (ii) three (3) months after the date the non-employee Director ceases to serve as a director of the Company due to physical or mental disability or (iii)(A) twelve (12) months after the date the non-employee Director ceases to serve as a director due to the death of the non-employee Director or (B) three (3) months after the death of the non-employee Director if such death shall occur during the three (3) month period following the date the non-employee Director ceased to serve as a director of the Company due to physical or mental disability; and (d) be otherwise on the same terms and conditions as all other Options granted pursuant to the Plan.
SECTION 8. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law and unless otherwise expressly provided in an Option Agreement or in the Plan:
(a) Amendments to the Plan. The Plan may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Board, but no amendment without the approval of the stockholders of the Company shall be made if such amendment would be required under Sections 162(m) or 422 of the Code, Rule 16b-3 or any other law or rule of any governmental authority, stock exchange or other self-regulatory organization to which the Company may then be subject. Neither the amendment, suspension nor termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of the holder of such Option, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Option theretofore granted.
(b) Correction of Defects, Omissions, and Inconsistencies. The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Option in the manner and to the extent it shall deem desirable to carry the Plan into effect.
SECTION 9. GENERAL PROVISIONS
(a) No Rights to Awards. No Key Employee shall have any claim to be granted any Option under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Key Employees or holders or beneficiaries of Options under the Plan. The terms and conditions of Options need not be the same with respect to each recipient.
(b) No Right to Employment. The grant of an Option shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company. Further, the Company may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment, free from any liability, or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Option Agreement.
(c) Governing Law. The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and applicable Federal law.
(d) Severability. If any provision of the Plan or any Option is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or would disqualify the Plan or any Option under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan, such provision shall be deemed void, stricken and the remainder of the Plan and any such Option shall remain in full force and effect.
(e) No Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Option, and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other
securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be cancelled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.
(f) Headings. Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision hereof.
SECTION 10. EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN
The Plan is effective as of November 4, 2002, subject to stockholder approval of the Plan prior to such date.
SECTION 11. TERM OF THE PLAN
The Plan shall continue until the earlier of (i) the date on which all Options issuable hereunder have been issued, (ii) the termination of the Plan by the Board or (iii) the 10th anniversary of the effective date of the Plan. However, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in an applicable Option Agreement, any Option theretofore granted may extend beyond such date and the authority of the Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any such Option or to waive any conditions or rights under any such Option, and the authority of the Board to amend the Plan, shall extend beyond such date.